Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors

Information

  • Patent Application
  • 20060111370
  • Publication Number
    20060111370
  • Date Filed
    June 09, 2005
    19 years ago
  • Date Published
    May 25, 2006
    18 years ago
Abstract
Disclosed are compounds of the formula I or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein W is a bond, —C(═S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)—, —N(R5)— or —C(═N(R5))—; X is —O—, —N(R5)— or —C(R6)(R7)—; provided that when X is —O—, U is not —O—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)— or —C(═NR5)—; U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —P(O)(OR15)—, —C(═NR5)—, —(C(R6)(R7))b— or —N(R5)—; wherein b is 1 or 2; provided that when W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, U is not —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—; provided that when X is —N(R5)— and W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, then U is not a bond; and R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7 are as defined in the specification; and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of formula I. Also disclosed is the method of inhibiting aspartyl protease, and in particular, the methods of treating cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and the methods of inhibiting of Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This invention relates to heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, their use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and their use as inhibitors of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepsins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes.


BCKGROUND

Eight human aspartic proteases of the A1 (pepsin-like) family are known to date: pepsin A and C, renin, BACE, BACE 2, Napsin A, cathepsin D in pathological conditions.


The role of renin-angiotensin system (RAS) in regulation of blood pressure and fluid electrolyte has been well established (Oparil, S, et al. N Engl J Med 1974; 291:381-401/446-57). The octapeptide Angiotensin-II, a potent vasoconstrictor and stimulator for release of adrenal aldosterone, was processed from the precursor decapeptide Angiotensin-I, which in turn was processed from angiotensinogen by the renin enzyme. Angiotensin-II was also found to play roles in vascular smooth muscle cell growth, inflammation, reactive oxygen species generation and thrombosis, influence atherogenesis and vascular damage. Clinically, the benefit of interruption of the generation of angiotensin-II through antagonism of conversion of angiotensin-I has been well known and there are a number of ACE inhibitor drugs on the market. The blockade of the earlier conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin-I, i.e. the inhibition of renin enzyme, is expected to have similar but not identical effects. Since renin is an aspartyl protease whose only natural substrate is angiotensinogen, it is believed that there would be less frequent adverse effect for controlling high blood pressure and related symptoms regulated by angiotensin-II through its inhibition.


Another protease, Cathepsin-D, is involved in lysosomal biogenesis and protein targeting, and may also be involved in antigen processing and presentation of peptide fragments. It has been linked to numerous diseases including, Alzheimer's, disease, connective tissue disease, muscular dystrophy and breast cancer.


Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive neurodegenerative disease that is ultimately fatal. Disease progression is associated with gradual loss of cognitive function related to memory, reasoning, orientation and judgment. Behavioral changes including confusion, depression and aggression also manifest as the disease progresses. The cognitive and behavioral dysfunction is believed to result from altered neuronal function and neuronal loss in the hippocampus and cerebral cortex. The currently available AD treatments are palliative, and while they ameliorate the cognitive and behavioral disorders, they do not prevent disease progression. Therefore there is an unmet medical need for AD treatments that halt disease progression.


Pathological hallmarks of AD are the deposition of extracellular β-amyloid (Aβ) plaques and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles comprised of abnormally phosphorylated protein tau. Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic Aβ deposits, in brain regions known to be important for memory and cognition. It is believed that Aβ is the fundamental causative agent of neuronal cell loss and dysfunction which is associated with cognitive and behavioral decline. Amyloid plaques consist predominantly of Aβ peptides comprised of 40-42 amino acid residues, which are derived from processing of amyloid precursor protein (APP). APP is processed by multiple distinct protease activities. Aβ peptides result from the cleavage of APP by β-secretase at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ, and at the C-terminus by γ-secretase activity. APP is also cleaved by α-secretase activity resulting in the secreted, non-amyloidogenic fragment known as soluble APP.


An aspartyl protease known as BACE-1 has been identified as the β-secretase activity responsible for cleavage of APP at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ peptides.


Accumulated biochemical and genetic evidence supports a central role of Aβ in the etiology of AD. For example, Aβ has been shown to be toxic to neuronal cells in vitro and when injected into rodent brains. Furthermore inherited forms of early-onset AD are known in which well-defined mutations of APP or the presenilins are present. These mutations enhance the production of Aβ and are considered causative of AD.


Since Aβ peptides are formed as a result β-secretase activity, inhibition of BACE-1 should inhibit formation of Aβ peptides. Thus inhibition of BACE-1 is a therapeutic approach to the treatment of AD and other cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases caused by Aβ plaque deposition.


Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), is the causative agent of acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). It has been clinically demonstrated that compounds such as indinavir, ritonavir and saquinavir which are inhibitors of the HIV aspartyl protease result in lowering of viral load. As such, the compounds described herein would be expected to be useful for the treatment of AIDS. Traditionally, a major target for researchers has been HIV-1 protease, an aspartyl protease related to renin.


In addition, Human T-cell leukemia virus type I (HTLV-I) is a human retrovirus that has been clinically associated with adult T-cell leukemia and other chronic diseases. Like other retroviruses, HTLV-I requires an aspartyl protease to process viral precursor proteins, which produce mature virions. This makes the protease an attractive target for inhibitor design. (Moore, et al. Purification of HTLV-I Protease and Synthesis of Inhibitors for the treatment of HTLV-I Infection 55th Southeast Regional Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Atlanta, Ga., US Nov. 16-19, 2003 (2003), 1073. CODEN; 69EUCH Conference, AN 2004:137641 CAPLUS.)


Plasmepsins are essential aspartyl protease enzymes of the malarial parasite. Compounds for the inhibition of aspartyl proteases plasmepsins, particularly I, II, IV and HAP, are in development for the treatment of malaria. (Freire, et al. WO 2002074719. Na Byoung-Kuk, et al. Aspartic proteases of Plasmodium vivax are highly conserved in wild isolates Korean Journal of Prasitology (2004 June), 42(2) 61-6. Journal code: 9435800) Furthermore, compounds used to target aspartyl proteases plasmepsins (e.g. I, II, IV and HAP), have been used to kill malarial parasites, thus treating patients thus afflicted.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds having the structural formula I
embedded image

or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein


W is a bond, —C(═S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)—, —N(R5)— or —C(═N(R5))_;


X is —O—, —N(R5)— or —C(R6)(R7)—; provided that when X is —O—, U is not —O—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)— or —C(═NR5)—;


U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —P(O)(OR15)—, —C(═NR5)—, —(C(R6)(R7))b— or —N(R5)—; wherein b is 1 or 2; provided that when W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, U is not —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—; provided that when X is —N(R5)— and W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, then U is not a bond;


R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, —OR15, —CN, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —S(O)R10, —S(O)2R10, —C(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —NO2, —N═C(R8)2 and —N(R8)2, provided that R1 and R5 are not both selected from —NO2, —N═C(R8)2 and —N(R8)2;


R3, R4, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH2—O—Si(R9)(R10)(R19), —SH, —CN, —OR9, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —C(O)N(R1)(R12), —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), —N(R1)C(O)OR9 and —C(═NOH)R8; provided that when U is —O— or —N(R5)—, then R3, R4, R6 and R7 are not halo, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R1)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R1)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), or —N(R11)C(O)OR9; provided that when W is —O— or —N(R5)—, then R3 and R4 are not halo, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), or —N(R11)C(O)OR9; and provided that when X is —N(R5)—, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond; —R3 and R4 are not halo, —CN, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12) or —S(O)2N(R11)(R12); or R3, R4, R6 and R7, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by R14 or a 3-7 membered cycloalkylether optionally substituted by R14;


or R3 and R4 or R6 and R7 together with the carbon to which they are attached, are combined to form multicyclic groups such as
embedded image

wherein M is —CH2—, S, —N(R19)— or 0, A and B are independently aryl or heteroaryl and q is 0, 1 or 2 provided that when q is 2, one M must be a carbon atom and when q is 2, M is optionally a double bond; and with the proviso that when R3, R4, R6 and R7 form said multicyclic groups
embedded image

then adjacent R3 and R4 or R6 and R7 groups cannot be combined to form said multicyclic groups;


R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —OR15, —N(R15) (R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;


R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl;


R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and —N(R15) (R16);


R11, R12 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —S(O)R10, —S(O)2R10, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16) and —CN;


R14 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R15), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;


R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R8-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or


R15, R16 and R17 are
embedded image

wherein R23 numbers 0 to 5 substituents, m is 0 to 6 and n is 1 to 5;


R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR20, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);


or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
embedded image


R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;


R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;


and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(R15) (OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—R15; —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(R16), —N(R15) (R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17); —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;


or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
embedded image


and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16) (R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;


R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25—P(O)(OR24)(R25)—N(R24)(R25)-alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25—CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24) (R25)—SR24—S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), (═NOR24)R25—P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;


R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;


R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR28, —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NH R28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);


R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and


R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;


provided that when W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, R1 is not optionally substituted phenyl, and that when U is —C(O)— and W is a bond, R5 is not optionally substituted phenyl;


provided that neither R1 nor R5 is —C(O)-alkyl-azetidinone or alkyl di-substituted with (—COOR15 or —C(O)N(R15)(R16)) and (—N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) or —N(R15)C(O)OR16);


provided that when R1 is methyl, X is —N(R5)—, R2 is H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH3O-phenyl, NO2-phenyl); and when W is a bond and U is —C(O)—, (R3, R4) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH3O-phenyl, NO2-phenyl);


provided that when X is —N(R5)—, R1 and R5 are each H, W is C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted benzyl), (optionally substituted phenyl, heteroarylalkyl) or (heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl);


provided that when U is a bond, W is —C(O)—, and R3 and R4 form a ring with the carbon to which they are attached, R1 is not 2-CF3-3-CN-phenyl;


provided that when X is —N(R5)—, U is —O— and W is a bond or —C(R6)(R7)—, (R3, R4) is not (H, —NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl) or (H, alkyl-NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl); and


provided that when X is —N(R5)—, R1 and R5 are not -alkylaryl-aryl-SO2—N(R15)(R16) wherein R15 is H and R16 is heteroaryl;


provided that when R1 is R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl, wherein R21 is —OCF3, —S(O)CF3, —S(O)2CF3, —S(O)alkyl, —S(O)2alkyl, —S(O)2CHF2, —S(O)2CF2CF3, —OCF2CHF2, —OCHF2, —OCH2CF3, —SF5 or —S(O)2NR15R16;


wherein R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-aryl and R18-heteroaryl; U is a bond or —CH2; and X is —N(R5)—; then R5 is H;


provided that when U is a bond,


R3 and R4 are alkyl,
embedded image

where R21 is halo, —CN, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy, or R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group,


and R1 is
embedded image

where a is 0 to 6 and R22 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, —CN, —OH, —NO2 or haloalkyl;


then R21a is not H, —C(O)2R15, wherein R15 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl substituted with phenyl, alkyl or alkyl-R22 wherein R22 is selected from the group consisting of


phenyl,


phenyl substituted with alkyl, and
embedded image

wherein R22 is selected from the group consisting of H, methoxy, nitro, oxo, —OH, halo and alkyl,
embedded image


In another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.


In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of inhibiting aspartyl protease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.


More specifically, the invention comprises: the method of treating a cardiovascular disease such as hypertension, renal failure, or a disease modulated by renin inhibition; the method of treating Human Immunodeficiency Virus; the method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's Disease; the method of inhibiting plasmepins I and II for treatment of malaria; the method of inhibiting Cathepsin D for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, breast cancer, and ovarian cancer; and the method of inhibiting protozoal enzymes, for example inhibition of plasmodium falciparnum, for the treatment of fungal infections. Said method of treatment comprise administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment. In particular, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.


In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient I need of such treatment a combination of at least one compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist.


In a final aspect, the invention relates to a kit comprising in separate containers in a single package pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination, in which one container comprises a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a second container comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the combined quantities being an effective amount to treat a cognitive disease or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's disease.







DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Compounds of formula I wherein X, W and U are as defined above include the following independently preferred structures:
embedded imageembedded image


In compounds of formulas IA to IF, U is preferably a bond or —C(R6)(R7)—. In compounds of formula IG and IH, U is preferably —C(O)—.


It will be understood that since the definition of R1 is the same as the definition of R5, when X is —N(R5)—, compounds of formula I wherein W is a bond and U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)— or —N(R5)— are equivalent to compounds of formula I wherein U is a bond and W is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)— or —N(R5)—.


More preferred compounds of the invention are those of formula IB wherein U is a bond or those of formula IB wherein U is —C(R6)(R7)—.


Another group of preferred compounds of formula I is that wherein R2 is H.


R3, R4, R6 and R7 are preferably selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH2—O—Si(R9)(R10)(R19), —SH, —CN, —OR9, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —C(O)N(R11)(R12), —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), —N(R11)C(O)OR9 and —C(═NOH)R8.


R3, R4, R6 and R7 are preferably selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.


In a group of preferred compounds


U is a bond or —C(O)—;


W is a bond or —C(O)—;


X is —N(R5);


R1 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl,


R2 is H;


R3 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;


R4 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;


R5 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R6 is alkyl cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;


R7 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;


R15, R16 and R17 is H, R18-alkyl, alkyl or
embedded image


R21 is alkyl, aryl, halo, —OR15, —NO2, —C(O)R15, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) or —CH(R15)(R16);


n is 1;


m is 1;


R1 is —OR20


R20 is aryl; and


R23 is alkyl.


In a group of preferred compounds


R3, R4, R6 and R7 are
embedded image

and R1 and R5 is H, CH3,
embedded image


In an additional group of preferred compounds;


U is a bond or —C(O)—;


W is a bond or —C(O)—;


X is —N(R5)—;


R1 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl,


R2 is H;


R3 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R4 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R5 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R6 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21 cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R7 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;


R15, R16 and R17 is H, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R18-alkyl, alkyl, aryl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, arylalkyl,
embedded image


n is 1 or 2;


m is 0 or 1;


R18 is —OR20 or halo;


R20 is aryl or halo substituted aryl;


R21 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, R22-alkyl, R22-aryl, R22-heteroaryl, halo, heterocycloalkyl, —N(R15)(R16), —OR15, —NO2, —C(O)R15, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R1, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) or —CH(R15)(R16);


R22 is —OR15 or halo and


R23 is H or alkyl.


It is noted that the carbons of formula I may be replaced with 1 to 3 silicon atoms so long as all valency requirements are satisfied.


As used above, and throughout the specification, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:


“Patient” includes both human and animals.


“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.


“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, nonyl and decyl. R2-substituted alkyl groups include fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.


“Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.


“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl, and decynyl.


“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., R18, R21, R22, etc.) which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein or two substituents on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
embedded image

Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.


“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one to eight of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like.


“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalin, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include the following
embedded image


“Cycloalkylether” means a non-aromatic ring of 3 to 7 members comprising an oxygen atom and 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Ring carbon atoms can be substituted, provided that substituents adjacent to the ring oxygen do not include halo or substituents joined to the ring through an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom.


“Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The cycloalkenyl ring can be optionally substituted with one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.


“Heterocyclenyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein “ring system substituent” is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic azaheterocyclenyl groups include 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 1,4-dihydropyridyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable oxaheterocyclenyl groups include 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic oxaheterocyclenyl group is 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic thiaheterocyclenyl rings include dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like.


“Halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.


“Haloalkyl” means an alkyl as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.


“Heterocyclyl” (or heterocycloalkyl) means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which 1-3, preferably 1 or 2 of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.


“Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Arylcycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and cycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and cycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylcycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R21 substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylcycloalkyls include indanyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.


“Arylheterocycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and heterocycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and heterocycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylheterocycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R21 substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylheterocycloalkyls include
embedded image


The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.


Similarly, “heteroarylalkyl” “cycloalkylalkyl” and “heterocycloalkylalkyl” mean a heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl- or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)— group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, 2-methylpropanoyl, butanoyl and cyclohexanoyl.


“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy and heptoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Alkyoxyalkyl” means a group derived from an alkoxy and alkyl as defined herein. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Arylalkenyl” means a group derived from an aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkenyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkenyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.


“Arylalkynyl” means a group derived from a aryl and alkynyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkynyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkynyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkynyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.


The suffix “ene” on alkyl, aryl, hetercycloalkyl, etc. indicates a divalent moiety, e.g., —CH2CH2— is ethylene, and
embedded image

is para-phenylene.


The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties, in available position or positions.


Substitution on a cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl moiety includes substitution on the ring portion and/or on the alkyl portion of the group.


When a variable appears more than once in a group, e.g., R8 in —N(R8)2, or a variable appears more than once in the structure of formula I, e.g., R15 may appear in both R1 and R3, the variables can be the same or different.


With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases “one or more” and “at least one” mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. With respect to the compositions and methods comprising the use of “at least one compound of formula I,” one to three compounds of formula I can be administered at the same time, preferably one.


As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.


The wavy line custom character as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)-stereochemistry. For example,
embedded image

means containing both
embedded image


Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:
embedded image

indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.


As well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom, unless stated otherwise. For example:
embedded image

represents
embedded image


It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples, structural formulae, and any Tables herein is assumed to have the hydrogen atom or atoms to satisfy the valences.


Those skilled in the art will recognize that certain compounds of formula I are tautomeric, and all such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention. For example, a compound wherein X is —N(R5)— and R1 and R5 are each H can be represented by any of the following structures:
embedded image


When R21 and R22, are, for example, —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and R15 and R16 form a ring, the moiety formed, is, for example,
embedded image

or
embedded image


Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term “prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of formula I or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.


“Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.


“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting aspartyl protease and/or inhibiting BACE-1 and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.


The compounds of formula I form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization. Acids (and bases) which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic (or acidic) pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website); and P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (2002) Int'l. Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, pp. 330-331. These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.


Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pamoates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) undecanoates, and the like.


Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, aluminum salts, zinc salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, piperazine, phenylcyclohexylamine, choline, tromethamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.


All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.


All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention. Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate” “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.


Polymorphic forms of the compounds of formula I, and of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds of formula I, are intended to be included in the present invention


Compounds of formula I can be made using procedures known in the art. Preparative methods for preparing starting materials and compounds of formula I are show below as general reaction schemes (Method A, Method B, etc.) followed by specific procedures, but those skilled in the art will recognize that other procedures can also be suitable. In the Schemes and in the Examples below, the following abbreviations are used:


methyl: Me; ethyl: Et; propyl: Pr; butyl: Bu; benzyl: Bn; tertiary butyloxycarbonyl: Boc or BOC


high pressure liquid chromatography: HPLC


liquid chromatography mass spectroscopy: LCMS


room temperature: RT or rt


day: d; hour: h; minute: min


retention time: Rt


microwave: gW


saturated: sat.; anhydrous: anhyd.


1-hydroxybenzotriazole: HOBt


1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride: EDCI


ethyl acetate: EtOAc


Benzyloxycarbonyl: CBZ


[1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate)]: Selectfluor


1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene: DBU


tetrahydrofuran: THF; N,N-dimethylformamide: DMF; methanol: MeOH; diethyl ether: Et2O; acetic acid: AcOH; acetonitrile: MeCN; trifluoroacetic acid: TFA; dichloromethane: DCM; dimethoxyethane: DME; diphenylphosphinoferrocene (dppf);


n-butyllithium: n-BuLi; lithium diisopropylamide: LDA


1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole: HOAt


4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine: DMAP; diisopropylethylamine: DIEA; N-methylmorpholine: NMM.


Microporous Toluene sulfonic acid resin (MP-TsOH resin)


tris-(2-aminoethyl)aminomethyl polystyrene (PS-trisamine)


methylisocyanate polystyrene (PS-NCO)


Saturated (sat.); anhydrous. (anhyd); room temperature (rt); hour (h); Minutes (Min), Retention Time (Rt); molecular weight (MW); milliliter (mL); gram (g). milligram (mg); equivalent (eq); day (d); microwave (μW); microliter (μL);


All NMR data were collected on 400 MHz NMR spectrometers unless otherwise indicated. LC-Electrospray-Mass spectroscopy with a C-18 column and 5% to 95% MeCN in water as the mobile phase was used to determine the molecular mass and retention time. The tables contain the compounds with retention time/observed MW and/or NMR data.


For internal consistency in the reaction schemes shown in Methods A to DF, the product of each method is shown as structure A4, B4, C3, etc., wherein certain variables are as defined for that method, but it will be apparent that, for example, A4 has the same structure as C3. That is, different methods can be used to prepare similar compounds.


The compounds in the invention may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemes and in the preparations and examples described below. The tables contain the compounds with observed m/e values from mass spectroscopy and/or NMR data. These compounds can be obtained with synthetic methods similar to these listed in the last column using appropriate reagents.
embedded image


Method A, Step 1:


To a solution of A1 (R3=CH3 & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (10 mmol, 1 eq) in 30 ml of anhyd. CH2Cl2 was added thiocarbonyl dipyridone (1.2 eq). After stirring overnight the solution was diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with 1N HCl, H2O (2×), and a saturated aqueous NaCl solution (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography to afford A2 (R3=CH3 & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2).


Method A, Step 2:


A solution of 3,5-difluorobenzyl amine (0.15 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (0.15 mL) was added to a solution of A2 (R3=CH3 & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction solution was added to MP-TsOH resin (2-3 eq) and diluted with CH3CN. The suspension was agitated overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford A3 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R3=CH3, & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2).


Method A, Step 3:


To a solution of A3 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R3=CH3, & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (10 mg) in CH3OH (1 mL) was added NH4OH (0.44 mL) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (0.1 mL) and the reaction mixture was agitated for 2 d. The solution was concentrated, the resulting residue was dissolved in CH3OH (1.2 mL) and was treated with sulfonic acid resin. The suspension was agitated overnight and the resin was washed with CH3OH (4×10 min) before it was treated with 2 N NH3 in CH3OH for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude material which was purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient to afford A4 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R2=H, R3=CH3, & R4=CH2CH(CH3)2). NMR (CD3OD): δ6.9, m, 3H, δ4.8-4.9, m; δ1.75, d, 2H, δ1.5, m, 1H, δ1.42, s, 3H, δ0.85, d, 3H, δ0.65, d, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 296.1.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

#StructureMWObs. m/e1embedded image2232242embedded image2232243embedded image2252264embedded image2252265embedded image2272286embedded image2372387embedded image2392408embedded image2392409embedded image23924010embedded image24024111embedded image24124212embedded image24124213embedded image25125214embedded image25325415embedded image25425516embedded image25525617embedded image25525618embedded image25525619embedded image26026120embedded image26026121embedded image26526622embedded image26526623embedded image26526624embedded image26726825embedded image26826926embedded image26826927embedded image26927028embedded image27327429embedded image27327430embedded image27427531embedded image27427532embedded image27427533embedded image27727834embedded image27928035embedded image28028136embedded image28028137embedded image28028138embedded image28028139embedded image28128240embedded image28228341embedded image28228342embedded image28228343embedded image28328444embedded image28528645embedded image28728846embedded image28728847embedded image28929048embedded image29329449embedded image29429550embedded image29429551embedded image29529652embedded image29629753embedded image30130254embedded image30330455embedded image30430556embedded image30430557embedded image30530658embedded image30730859embedded image30730860embedded image30830961embedded image31031162embedded image31731863embedded image31932064embedded image32232365embedded image32432566embedded image32732867embedded image32732868embedded image32732869embedded image32732870embedded image32832971embedded image33033172embedded image33133273embedded image33133274embedded image33533675embedded image33533676embedded image33733877embedded image33733878embedded image34234379embedded image34534680embedded image34534681embedded image34935082embedded image34935083embedded image35135284embedded image35135285embedded image35135286embedded image35936087embedded image36136288embedded image36136289embedded image36136290embedded image36336491embedded image36336492embedded image36336493embedded image36336494embedded image36336495embedded image36336496embedded image36937097embedded image37437598embedded image37537699embedded image375376100embedded image377378101embedded image377378102embedded image377378103embedded image381382104embedded image382383105embedded image385386106embedded image385386107embedded image386387108embedded image389390109embedded image391392110embedded image391392111embedded image391392112embedded image391392113embedded image393394114embedded image393394115embedded image400401116embedded image401402117embedded image401402118embedded image401402119embedded image401402120embedded image403404121embedded image403404122embedded image403404123embedded image405406124embedded image405406125embedded image409410126embedded image409410127embedded image409410128embedded image409410129embedded image411412130embedded image413414131embedded image413414132embedded image414415133embedded image415416134embedded image415416135embedded image415416136embedded image417418137embedded image419420138embedded image421422139embedded image423424140embedded image425426141embedded image425426142embedded image425426143embedded image427428144embedded image429430145embedded image430431146embedded image430431147embedded image431432148embedded image433434149embedded image437438150embedded image439440151embedded image440441152embedded image440441153embedded image441442154embedded image441442155embedded image442443156embedded image447448157embedded image449450158embedded image455456159embedded image463464160embedded image463464161embedded image471472162embedded image473474163embedded image481482164embedded image481482165embedded image487488166embedded image488489167embedded image499500168embedded image504505169embedded image523524170embedded image525526171embedded image525526172embedded image527528173embedded image528529174embedded image535536175embedded image535536176embedded image535536177embedded image535536178embedded image550551179embedded image554555180embedded image556557181embedded image569570182embedded image581582183embedded image374NA184embedded image388NA185embedded image337NMR186embedded image351NMR




embedded image


A modified literature procedure was used (Ugi, I. Angew. Chem. 1962, 74 9-22).


Method B, Step 1:


To a solution of B1 (HCl salt, R1=3-chlorophenethyl) (1.1 g, 5.73 mmol) in anhydrous CH3OH (15 mL) was added potassium thiocyanate (0.56 g, 5.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was added to B5 (R3=Me, R4=iBu) (0.72 mL, 5.73 mmol) and benzyl isocyanide (0.77 mL, 6.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight before the solution was concentrated and the residue was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield 0.28 g of B2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl).


Method B, Step 2:


A solution of 40% concentrated HCl in CH3CH2OH was added to B2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) and the solution was heated in a microwave at 160° C. for 30 min. The solution was concentrated and purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH3CN/H2O (with 0.1% formic acid) gradient to afford B3 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl).


Method B, Step 3:


Compound B4 (R2=H, R3═CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) was prepared from B3 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3. NMR(CD3OD): δ 8.1, br, 1H; δ 7.35, s, 1H; δ 7.25, m, 3H; δ 3.6, m, 1H; δ 3.4, m, 1H, δ 3.0, m, 1H, δ 2.8, m, 1H, δ 1.75, m, 1H, δ 1.6, m, 1H, δ 1.35, m, 1H, δ 1.2 s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 6H. ES_LCMS (m/e): 308.1


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods

/ Obs.#StructureMWm/e545embedded image251252546embedded image293294547embedded image307308548embedded image357358549embedded image371372550embedded image413551embedded image265




embedded image


Method C, Step 1:


A solution of C1 (R3=R4=CH2CH2CH2CH3) (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) and C4 (R1=3-chlorophenyl) (38 μL, 0.26 mmol) was refluxed overnight. Trisamine resin (2 eq) and polystyrene isocyanate resin (2 eq) was added and the mixture was agitated. After 3 h, the suspension was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (3×) and CH3OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford C2 (R1=3-Cl—C6H4, R3=R4=CH2CH2CH2CH3) (60 mg, 68%).


Method C, Step 2:


Compound C3 (R1=3-C1-C6H4, R2=H, R3=R4=CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from C2 (R1=3-C1-C6H4, R3=R4=CH2CH2CH2CH3) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3. NMR(CDCl3): δ 7.4, m, 2H; δ 7.2, m, 2H; δ 5.0, s, 2H; δ 1.7, m, 4H; δ 1.1, m, 8H; δ 0.7; m, 6H. ES-LCMS (m/e): 336.1.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e641embedded image209210642embedded image211212643embedded image215216644embedded image225226645embedded image239240646embedded image245246647embedded image246247648embedded image251252649embedded image267268650embedded image309310651embedded image317318652embedded image319320653embedded image323324654embedded image324325655embedded image329330656embedded image329330657embedded image335336658embedded image335336659embedded image335336660embedded image335336661embedded image335336662embedded image352353663embedded image352353664embedded image377378665embedded image385386666embedded image391392667embedded image420421668embedded image420421




embedded image


Method D, Step 1:


A mixture of D1 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5) (20 g), potassium cyanide (40 g) and ammonium carbonate (15 g) in ethanol (100 mL) and H2O (200 mL) was heated in a sealed flask at 130° C. overnight to yield 25 g of D2 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5) after filtration followed by washing with water.


Method D, Step 2:


A solution of 2 N KOH (3 eq) was added to D2 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5) (1 eq) and irradiated via microwave at 185° C. for 3 h followed by addition of concentrated HCl to the solution until a pH=2-3 was obtained. The solid was filtered and washed with water to afford D3 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5).


Method D, Step 3:


A solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) (2 eq) was added drop wise to a solution of D3 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5) (1 eq) in anhydrous CH3OH (30 mL). After 1 h, an additional 2 eq of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) was added and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes before it was was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a 0.2 N HCl solution (25 mL) and washed with ether (3×). A saturated solution of Na2CO3 was added to the aqueous phase until the pH of the solution was basic. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to afford D4 (R3=R4=CH2C6H5).


The following amino esters were prepared using a similar method.
embedded imageembedded imageembedded image


Method E, Step 1:


Thionyl chloride (0.47, 6.38 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E1 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5) (2 g, 6.38 mmol) and benzaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.96 mL, 6.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF at 0° C. under N2. After 5 min, ZnCl2 (0.87 g, 6.38 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. After 3 h, an additional amount of ZnCl2 (0.18 g, 1.28 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.1 mL, 1.28 mmol) were added and stirred for 1 h at 0° C. The reaction mixture was poured into a stirred suspension of ice/H2O. The mixture was stirred occasionally until the ice melted. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (3×), a sat. aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (1×), and H2O (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E2 (R3 CH2CH2C6H5).


Method E, Step 2:


A solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in hexane (1.0 M, 1.65 mL, 1.64 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E2 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5) (600 mg, 1.49 mmol) and HMPA (0.85 mL) in THF (6.5 mL) cooled at −78° C. under N2. After 15 min, isobutyl iodide (0.52 mL, 4.48 mmol) was added drop wise and the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. The reaction was warmed to −65° C., stirred for 2 h and warmed to rt overnight. The reaction solution was poured into a mixture of sat. NaHCO3 (aq)/ether/ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E3 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2).


Method E, Step 3:


A solution of lithium methoxide (1 N in CH3OH) (0.36 mL, 0.36 mmol) was added to compound E3 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2). The reaction mixture was shaken at rt for 50 min. An additional 0.55 eq of lithium methoxide were added. After 2.5 h, a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3 (0.75 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and shaken for 15 min. The suspension was filtered. The resulting white solid was washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3 (1×) and ethyl acetate (1×). The aqueous phase of the filtrate was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3 (8×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford E4 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (109 mg, 87%).


Method E, Step 4:


To a solution of E4 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (109 mg, 0.28 mmol) in CH3OH (4 mL) was added 1 N HCl (0.28 mL, 0.28 mmol) and 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (22 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 40 psi. After 2.5 h, the reaction was filtered and the catalyst was washed with CH3OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford E5 (R3=CH2CH2C6H5, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (78 mg, 96%).


The following aminoesters were prepared using similar method.
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image


A 500 mL methanol solution of 20 g of D5 (R3=benzyl, n=1) with 1.5 eq of HCl was hydrogenated with 1 g of Rh/C (5% w/w) and 2 g of Pt/C (5% w/w) at 60 psi for 2 days. The solid was filtered and washed with excessive methanol. The combined solution was evaporated to give 20 g of F1 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl, n=1) as HCl salt.


The following amino esters were examples prepared using similar method.
embedded imageembedded imageembedded image


Method G, Step 1:


To a solution of G1 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (400 mg, 1.23 mmol, generated following a procedure similar to Method C, Step 1) in ethanol (5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) in H2O (0.5 mL). After 2.5 h, another portion of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added. After 5.5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (15 mL) and extracted with ether (2×). A solution of 30% HCl was added to the aqueous phase until its pH=1 to 2. The solution was saturated with NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford G2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (357 mg, 93%).


Method G, Step 2:


A solution of benzyl amine (1.2 eq) was added to G2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (1 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq) and polystyrene EDC resin (94 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq) in 1:1 THF:CH3CN (1 mL). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight at rt. Trisamine resin (85 mg, 3.38 mmol/g, 6 eq) and isocyanate resin (100 mg, 1.47 mmol/g, 3 eq) was added. After 6 h, the suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford G3 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R15=CH2C6H5 and R16=H).


Method G, Step 3:


Compound G4 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R2=H, R3=CH3, R15=CH2C6H5 and R15=H) was prepared from G3 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R15=CH2C6H5 and R16=H) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e669embedded image322323670embedded image334335671embedded image336337672embedded image348349673embedded image364365674embedded image364365675embedded image376377676embedded image384385677embedded image390391678embedded image393394679embedded image398399680embedded image398399681embedded image406407682embedded image412413683embedded image414415684embedded image414415685embedded image414415686embedded image421422687embedded image428429688embedded image434435689embedded image442443690embedded image449450691embedded image461462692embedded image511512693embedded image511512




embedded image


Method H, Step 1:


To a solution of H1 (R3=CH3) (5 g, 39 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of 0.5 M NaHCO3:CH3CH2OH was added R1-NCS (R1=3-chlorobenzyl) (11.5 mL, 78 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled and diluted with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (5×). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (2×) and dried over Na2SO4. The solution was filtered and solvent was removed to give a small volume of solution. Hexane was added and the resulting suspension was filtered to yield 6.8 g of a solid H2 (R3=CH3, R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4)) (61%).


Method H, Step 2:


Compound H3 (R3=CH3, R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4)) was synthesized from H2 (R3=CH3, R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4)) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.


Method H, Step 3:


To a solution of crude H3 (R3=CH3, R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4)) (14 mmol) in a 1:3 mixture of CH3OH:THF was added 0.5 M NaHCO3 in H2O (28 mL, 14 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.69 g, 16.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2.5 h and then stored at −10° C. overnight. The reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate (4×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (1×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.5 g of H4 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3).


Method H, Step 4:


A solution of triflic anhydride (128 μL, 0.76 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of H4 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (200 mg, 0.55 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (176 μL, 2.18 mmol) at −30° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. Water (10 mL) was added at −20° C. and the ice bath was removed. The reaction was stirred until it reached 0° C. The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 310 mg of H5 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3).


Method H, Step 5:


A solution of crude H5 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (0.11 mmol) and 7N ammonia in Methanol (R21—H═NH2—H) (10 eq) was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated. The crude material was purified using reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient with 0.1% formic acid to yield H6 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R21=NH2).


Method H, Step 6:


A solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added to H6 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R21=NH2). After 40 min the solvent was evaporated and residue purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient to afford H7 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R21=NH2). NMR (CDCl3), δ 7.45, m, 3H; δ 7.35, m, 1H; δ 4.9, m, 2H; δ 3.5, m, 2H; δ 1.65, s, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 267.07.


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e694embedded image238239695embedded image248249696embedded image257258697embedded image264265698embedded image266267699embedded image292293700embedded image308309701embedded image314315702embedded image320321703embedded image328329704embedded image334335705embedded image342343706embedded image354355707embedded image372373708embedded image418419709embedded image483484




embedded image


Method I, Step 1:


Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of the formate salt of I1 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3 and R16=H) in CH2Cl2 and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base I1 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3 and R6═H).


A solution of R15COOH(R5=Phenethyl) (1.3 eq) was added to a mixture of EDC resin (41 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq), and the free base of I1 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3 and R6═H) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 12 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R16=H and R15=CH2CH2C6H5).


Method I, Step 2:


I3 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R16=H and R15=CH2CH2C6H5) was prepared from I2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, R16=H and R15=CH2CH2C6H5) using method similar to method H step 6.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e710embedded image280281711embedded image308309712embedded image308309713embedded image334335714embedded image342343715embedded image362363716embedded image372373717embedded image376377718embedded image398399719embedded image406407720embedded image41011721embedded image41011722embedded image41415723embedded image42021724embedded image42829725embedded image51112




embedded image


Method J, Step 1:


Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of J1 (TFA salt, R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) in CH2Cl2 and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base. A solution of R15NCO (R15=butyl) (2 eq) in CH2Cl2 was added to the free base of J1 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford J2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH2CH3).


Method J, Step 2:


Compound J3 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from J2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 2.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e726embedded image323324727embedded image337338728embedded image352729embedded image358730embedded image365366731embedded image377378732embedded image413414733embedded image417418734embedded image421422735embedded image425426




embedded image


Method K, Step 1:


A solution of R15SO2Cl (R15=Propyl)(1.5 eq) was added to a suspension of polystyrene diisopropylethylamine resin (18 mg, 3.45 mmol/g, 3 eq) and the free base of K1 prepared using method H (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3=CH3) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford K2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH3).


Method K, Step 2:


Compound K3 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from K2 (R1=CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3=CH3, and R15=CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 6.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e736embedded image316317737embedded image344345738embedded image372373739embedded image378379740embedded image442443741embedded image454455742embedded image492493




embedded image


(In the scheme, -Z-NH—C(O)R16—is equivalent to R51 substituted by R21, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)C(O)R16 and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method L, Step 1:


A solution of L1 (R3=CH3 and R4=CH2CH(CH3)2) (1 eq) and Z=-paramethylene-benzyl) (1.05 eq) in CH2Cl2 was stirred at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated and purified via flash chromatography. The material was treated with 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH2Cl2 for 30 min. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 N HCl (10 mL) and washed with ether (2×). A saturated solution of Na2CO3 in H2O was added to the aqueous phase until the solution became basic. The solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The CH2Cl2 extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield L2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).


Method L, Step 2:


Compound L3 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16=CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from L2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method I, Step 1.


Method L, Step 3:


Compound L4 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R1=CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16=CH2CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e743embedded image316317744embedded image316317745embedded image330331746embedded image330331747embedded image344345748embedded image344345749embedded image358359750embedded image358359751embedded image386387752embedded image386387753embedded image386387754embedded image400401755embedded image400401756embedded image420421757embedded image434435758embedded image434435759embedded image436437760embedded image436437761embedded image450451762embedded image450451763embedded image450451764embedded image450451765embedded image464465766embedded image464465767embedded image470471768embedded image478479769embedded image478479770embedded image484485771embedded image484485772embedded image492493773embedded image492493774embedded image519520775embedded image519520776embedded image533534777embedded image533534




embedded image


(In the scheme, -Z-NH—C(O)—NHR15— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R16)—C(O)—NHR15 and R16 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method M, Step 1:


Compound M2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M1 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method J, Step 1.


Method M, Step 2:


Compound M3 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3. NMR(CD3OD) δ 7.45, m, 1H; δ 7.26, m, 4H; 7.24, m, 1H, δ 6.96, m, 1H, δ 4.8, m; δ 4.3, s, 2H; δ 1.69, m, 2H, δ 1.44, m, 1H; δ 1,37, s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 3H; δ 0.63, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 430.27


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e778embedded image331332779embedded image359360780embedded image359360781embedded image373374782embedded image373374783embedded image373374784embedded image373374785embedded image387388786embedded image387388787embedded image387388788embedded image387388789embedded image401402790embedded image401402791embedded image405406792embedded image407408793embedded image407408794embedded image407408795embedded image413414796embedded image413414797embedded image418419798embedded image418419799embedded image421422800embedded image421422801embedded image421422802embedded image421422803embedded image421422804embedded image421422805embedded image421422806embedded image421422807embedded image423424808embedded image423424809embedded image423424810embedded image423424811embedded image425426812embedded image425426813embedded image427428814embedded image429430815embedded image429430816embedded image429430817embedded image432433818embedded image432433819embedded image432433820embedded image433434821embedded image433434822embedded image435436823embedded image435436824embedded image435436825embedded image435436826embedded image435436827embedded image435436828embedded image435436829embedded image437438830embedded image437438831embedded image437438832embedded image437438833embedded image437438834embedded image437438835embedded image437438836embedded image439440837embedded image439440838embedded image439440839embedded image441442840embedded image441442841embedded image4414420842embedded image441442843embedded image443444844embedded image443444845embedded image443444846embedded image447448847embedded image447448848embedded image449450849embedded image450451850embedded image450451851embedded image450451852embedded image451452853embedded image451452854embedded image451452855embedded image452453856embedded image453454857embedded image453454858embedded image455456859embedded image455456860embedded image455456861embedded image457458862embedded image457458863embedded image457458864embedded image458459865embedded image458459866embedded image460461867embedded image461462868embedded image461462869embedded image461462870embedded image461462871embedded image461462872embedded image461462873embedded image461462874embedded image463464875embedded image466467876embedded image466467877embedded image467468878embedded image469470879embedded image469470880embedded image471472881embedded image471472882embedded image472473883embedded image472473884embedded image475476885embedded image475476886embedded image475476887embedded image475476888embedded image475476889embedded image475476890embedded image475476891embedded image475476892embedded image475476893embedded image475476894embedded image475476895embedded image475476896embedded image477478897embedded image477478898embedded image479480899embedded image479480900embedded image480481901embedded image483484902embedded image483484903embedded image485486904embedded image485486905embedded image485486906embedded image485486907embedded image485486908embedded image489490909embedded image489490910embedded image489490911embedded image491492912embedded image493494913embedded image493494914embedded image493494915embedded image493494916embedded image496497917embedded image496497918embedded image497498919embedded image497498920embedded image499500921embedded image501502922embedded image501502923embedded image502503924embedded image502504925embedded image502503926embedded image502503927embedded image503504928embedded image505506929embedded image507508930embedded image507508931embedded image507508932embedded image509510933embedded image509510934embedded image509510935embedded image510511936embedded image511512937embedded image511512938embedded image514515939embedded image515516940embedded image515516941embedded image519520942embedded image519520943embedded image522523944embedded image523524945embedded image545524946embedded image525526947embedded image527528948embedded image529530949embedded image533534950embedded image537538951embedded image539540952embedded image543544953embedded image545546954embedded image545546955embedded image547548956embedded image549550957embedded image553554958embedded image555556959embedded image559560960embedded image559560961embedded image387




embedded image


(In the scheme, -Z-NH—S(O)2R16—is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R16)—C(O)—NHR15 and R16 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method N, Step 1:


Compound N2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16=CH2CH(CH3)2) was prepared from N1 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method K, Step 1.


Method N, Step 2:


Compound N3 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16=CH2CH(CH3)2) was prepared from N2 (R3=CH3, R4=CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16=CH2CH(CH3)2) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e962embedded image380381963embedded image380381964embedded image394395965embedded image394395966embedded image451452967embedded image484485968embedded image484485969embedded image498499970embedded image498499




embedded image


embedded image


Method O, Step 1:


A solution of indole-6-methanol (400 mg, 2.72 mmol), tert-butyldimethysilyl choride (816 mg, 5.41 mmol) and imidazole (740 mg, 10.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was stirred at rt. overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give product O2.


Method O, Step 2:


To a solution of O2 (200 mg, 0.77 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. was added butyl lithium (1.2 eq). The solution was stirred at −78° C. for 5 min and then warmed to rt. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride was added. The solution was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous K2CO3 solution, extracted with ethyl acetate and CH2Cl2. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to afford 360 mg of O3.


Method O, Step 3:


A solution butyl lithium (1.2 eq) was added to a solution of O3 (340 mg, 0.829 mmol) in THF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at −78° C. then sulfur dioxide was bubbled through the solution for 15 min. Hexane (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was evaporated to afford O4 which was used in the next step without further purification.


Method O, Step 4:


To a solution of O4 (0.829 mmol) in CH2Cl2 cooled to 0° C. was added N-chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.66 mmol). After 2 h of stirring, the solution was filtered through a Celite plug. The filtrate was concentrated to afford O5.


Method O, Step 5:


To a solution of O5 in anhydrous pyridine (3 mL) was added butyl amine (100 μL). The reaction was agitated at rt for 4 d. The reaction mixture was partitioned between 1 N HCl and CH2Cl2. The organic layer was separated and washed with 1 N HCl (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to yield 06.


Method O, Step 6:


To a solution of O6 (70 mg) in THF was added TBAF. The reaction was stirred at rt. before the reaction mixture was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded 50 mg of O7 (95%).


Method O, Step 7:


To a solution of O7 (50 mg) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1 mL) the reaction was stirred for 5 min and then evaporated to afford O8.


Method O, Step 8:


To a solution of O8 in CH3OH (5 mL) was added sodium azide (50 mg). The solution was stirred at rt overnight and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O9 after purification.


Method O, Step 9:


To a suspension of O9 (70 mg) in CH3OH was added 1 eq HCl (aq) and palladium on carbon. The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 1 atm for 20 min to yield 90 mg of crude product O10.


Method O, Step 10:


A solution of lithium hydroxide (30 mg) in H2O was added to a solution of O10 (40 mg) in CH3OH (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 h and an additional portion of LiOH (40 mg) was added and solution was stirred for 2 more hours. The solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O11.
embedded image


Method P, Step 1:


A 300 mL of THF solution of 100 g of P1 (R23=n-Pr) was added to a suspension of 38 g of LAH in 2 L of anhydrous THF at 0 C. The reaction mixture is stirred at r.t. for 1 h before 30 ml of H2O, 90 ml of 15% NaOH was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for one hour before Na2SO4 (anh) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the solution evaporated to give a product which was dried under vacuo overnight. This product was dissolved in 600 ml of DCM and the solution was added into a solution of oxalyl chloride (37.3 ml) and DMSO (60.8 ml) in 1.4 L of DCM at −78° C. over 40 min before Diisopropylethylamine (299 ml) was added at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to reach −10° C. The reaction was quenched with 1 L H2O at −10° C. and the mixture was extracted with DCM. After removal of solvent, P2 (R23=Pr, 106 g) was obtained. The crude material was used for next step without purification.


Method P, Step 2:


To a 1.5 L DCM solution of P2 (R23=Pr, 106 g) was added p-Boc-aminomethylbenzylamine (1.1 eq) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.1 eq) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction was quenched with H2O and content extracted with DCM. After removal of solvents the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with 3% MeOH in DCM to give 42.5 g of P3 (R23=Pr).


Method P, Step 3:


A 10 ml MeOH solution of P3 (R23=Pr, 110 mg) was hydrogenated using Pd/C (5%, 11 mg) at 1 atm of hydrogen to give product P4 (R23=Pr) after removal of solvent and catalyst.


Method P, Step 4:


To a 10 ml DCM solution of P4 at 0° C. (R23=Pr) was added triphosgene 1.2 eq) and triethylamine (2.4 eq) and the solution was stirred at 0 C for 2 h before the reaction was extracted with DCM/H2O. After removal of the solvent, the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc/Hexane to give a white solid which was treated with 2N HCl in dioxane for 2 h. After removal of the solvent, compound P5 (R23=Pr) as a white solid was obtained (80 mg).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
embedded imageembedded image


Method Q, Step 1


At room temperature, Q1 (R3=Me; R4=iBu) (1.00 g) and 08 (n=1, p=2, m=1) (1.24 g) in dichloromethane (30 mL) were stirred for 42 h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give an amber oil which was purified on a column of silica gel (200 mL) eluted with ethylacetate/hexane to give Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R3=Me; R4=iBu), a colorless oil (1.59 g).


Method Q, Step 2


Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) was prepared from Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R3=Me; R4=iBu) using method similar to method A step 3.


Method Q, Step 3


Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (1.37 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL) was treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.68 g, 1.1 equiv.) and diisopropylethylamine (0.66 mL, 1.1.equiv.). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h before it was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid. The dried dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless film (1.32 g) which was purified on a column of silica gel (125 mL) and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate to give compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=i-Bu) as a white foam (0.74 g).


Method Q, Step 4


Compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.540 g) in absolute EtOH (20 mL) was hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C (0.400 g) at 1 atm for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) as a colorless oil (0.35 g).


Method Q, Step 5


Compound Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.012 g) and HOBt (0.005 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (0.8 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.25 mL) was treated with EDC resin (0.080 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) in a microtiter plate well followed by addition of a 1M dichloroethane solution of R15—COOH (40 uL, 1.25 eq.). After the well was capped and shaken for 18 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) for 18 h before the solution was filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=Bu, R15=Me).


Method Q, Step 6.


A dichloromethane solution (1.0 mL) of Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu, R16=Me) was mixed with trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) and the solution was shaken for 2 h before it was concentrated. Diethyl ether (0.5 mL) was added and then concentrated in vacuo to give a residue, which was was purified on a Prep LCMS unit to give Q7 (=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu, R15=Me). NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.38, br, 2H; δ 4.56, m, 1H; δ 3.79, m, 1H; δ 3.57, m, 2H, δ 2.99, m, 1H, δ 2.48, m, 1H, δ 2.04, s, 3H, δ 1.95, m, 1H, δ 1.5-1.8, m, 5H; δ 1.5, s, 3H, 1.25, m, 2H; δ 0.95, m, 3H; δ 0.85, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 309.17.


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e 971embedded image308309 972embedded image308309 973embedded image310311 974embedded image322323 975embedded image324325 976embedded image334335 977embedded image336337 978embedded image348349 979embedded image348349 980embedded image0351 981embedded image350351 982embedded image350351 983embedded image360361 984embedded image360361 985embedded image362363 986embedded image362363 987embedded image364365 988embedded image364365 989embedded image364365 990embedded image370371 991embedded image370371 992embedded image376377 993embedded image376377 994embedded image376377 995embedded image378379 996embedded image378379 997embedded image378379 998embedded image378379 999embedded image3793801000embedded image3843851001embedded image3843851002embedded image3843851003embedded image3863871004embedded image3883891005embedded image3893901006embedded image3903911007embedded image3903911008embedded image3903911009embedded image3903911010embedded image3903911011embedded image3903911012embedded image3903911013embedded image3903911014embedded image3903911015embedded image3923931016embedded image3923931017embedded image3923931018embedded image3943951019embedded image3983991020embedded image3983991021embedded image3983991022embedded image3983991023embedded image3983991024embedded image4004011025embedded image4004011025embedded image4004011026embedded image4004011027embedded image4004011028embedded image4004011029embedded image4004011030embedded image4004011031embedded image4004011032embedded image4024031033embedded image4024031034embedded image4044051035embedded image4044041036embedded image4044051037embedded image4044051038embedded image4044051039embedded image4044051040embedded image4044051041embedded image4044051042embedded image4094101043embedded image4104111044embedded image04111045embedded image4104111046embedded image4124131047embedded image4124131048embedded image4124131049embedded image4144151050embedded image4144151051embedded image4144151052embedded image4144151053embedded image4144151054embedded image4144151055embedded image4144151056embedded image4164171057embedded image4164171058embedded image4174181059embedded image4184191060embedded image4184191061embedded image4184191062embedded image4184191063embedded image4184191064embedded image4204211065embedded image4234241066embedded image4244151067embedded image4244251068embedded image4264271069embedded image4264271070embedded image4264271071embedded image4264271072embedded image4264271073embedded image4274281074embedded image4284291075embedded image4284291076embedded image4284291077embedded image4284291078embedded image4284291079embedded image4304311080embedded image4304311081embedded image4304311082embedded image4324331083embedded image4324331084embedded image4324331085embedded image4324331086embedded image4324331087embedded image4324331088embedded image4384391089embedded image4384391090embedded image4384391091embedded image4384391092embedded image4384391093embedded image4404411094embedded image4404411095embedded image4404411096embedded image4404411097embedded image4424431098embedded image4424431099embedded image4424431100embedded image4424431101embedded image4424431102embedded image4444451103embedded image4444451104embedded image4444451105embedded image4464471106embedded image4464471107embedded image4464471108embedded image4494501109embedded image4514521110embedded image4524531111embedded image4524531112embedded image4524531113embedded image4564571114embedded image4564571115embedded image4564571116embedded image4584591117embedded image4604611118embedded image4604611119embedded image4604611120embedded image4604611121embedded image4624631122embedded image4624631123embedded image4624631124embedded image4624631125embedded image4624631126embedded image4644651127embedded image4664671128embedded image4664671129embedded image4704711130embedded image4724731131embedded image4744751132embedded image4744751133embedded image4764771134embedded image4764771135embedded image4784791136embedded image4824831137embedded image4824831138embedded image4824831139embedded image4884891140embedded image4904911141embedded image5005011142embedded image5025031143embedded image5025031144embedded image5045051145embedded image5045051146embedded image5045051147embedded image5115121148embedded image5125131149embedded image5125131150embedded image5205211151embedded image5205211152embedded image5205211153embedded image5205211154embedded image5225231155embedded image5225231156embedded image5365371157embedded image5365371158embedded image5365371159embedded image5385391160embedded image5385391161embedded image5405411162embedded image5415421163embedded image5425431164embedded image5465471165embedded image5465471166embedded image5505511167embedded image5505511168embedded image5695701169embedded image5825831170embedded image5825831171embedded image5845851172embedded image5845851173embedded image5945951174embedded image5965971175embedded image596597




embedded image


Method R, Step 1.


A solution of R1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate well followed by addition of 0.12 ml of 0.5M phenylisocyanate solution in dichloroethane. The well was sealed and the plate shaken for 20 h before the mixture was filtered and the solid washed with acetonitrile (0.5 ml). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) and the mixture was shaken for 18 h. The mixture was filtered and the solution was evaporated to give R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).


Method R, Step 2.


Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph) to R3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R5=Ph).


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e1176embedded image3093101177embedded image3093101178embedded image3113121179embedded image3253261180embedded image3373381181embedded image3463471182embedded image3513521183embedded image3513521184embedded image3513521185embedded image3653661186embedded image3653661187embedded image3653661188embedded image3673681189embedded image3773781190embedded image3813821191embedded image3853861192embedded image3913921193embedded image3933941194embedded image3953961195embedded image3994001196embedded image3994001197embedded image3994001198embedded image3994001199embedded image3994001200embedded image4014021201embedded image4034041202embedded image4034041203embedded image4074081204embedded image4074081205embedded image4104111206embedded image4104111207embedded image4134141208embedded image4134141209embedded image4154161210embedded image4154161211embedded image4154161212embedded image4154161213embedded image4174181214embedded image4194201215embedded image4194201216embedded image4194201217embedded image4214221218embedded image4214221219embedded image4254261220embedded image4274281221embedded image4274281222embedded image4294301223embedded image4294301224embedded image4314321225embedded image4314321226embedded image4334341227embedded image4354361228embedded image4414421229embedded image4414421230embedded image4414421231embedded image4454461232embedded image4494501233embedded image4534541234embedded image4534541235embedded image4534541236embedded image4534541237embedded image4534541238embedded image4554561239embedded image4554561240embedded image4574581241embedded image4614621242embedded image4634641243embedded image4674681244embedded image4674681245embedded image4714721246embedded image4754761247embedded image4774781248embedded image4774781249embedded image4874881250embedded image4874881251embedded image4874881252embedded image491492




embedded image


Method S, Step 1.


A solution of S1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate followed by addition of DIPEA-MP resin (0.030 g, 4 eq) and phenylsulfonyl chloride in dioxane (1M, 45 μL, 0.045 mmol. The well was capped and shaken for 18 h before it was filtered and residue washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.040 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.060 g, 3 equiv., 1.53 mmol/g) and shaken for 18 h before the mixture was filtered and the solvent removed to give S2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).


Method S, Step 2.


Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of S2 to S3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=Bu and R15=Ph).


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e1253embedded image3443451254embedded image3443451255embedded image3583591256embedded image3583591257embedded image3603611258embedded image3723731259embedded image3723731260embedded image3863871261embedded image4064071262embedded image4064071263embedded image4064071264embedded image4124131265embedded image4164171266embedded image4204211267embedded image4204211268embedded image4204211269embedded image4204211270embedded image4204211271embedded image4204211272embedded image4244251273embedded image4244251274embedded image4244251275embedded image4314321276embedded image4324331277embedded image4344351278embedded image4344351279embedded image4364371280embedded image4364371281embedded image4384391282embedded image4404411283embedded image4404411284embedded image4404411285embedded image4424431286embedded image4424431287embedded image4424431288embedded image4424431289embedded image4424431290embedded image4464471291embedded image4484491292embedded image4484491293embedded image4484491294embedded image4544551295embedded image4564571296embedded image4564571297embedded image4584591298embedded image4584591299embedded image4584591300embedded image4624631301embedded image4644651302embedded image4664671303embedded image4664671304embedded image4664671305embedded image4664671306embedded image4704711307embedded image4744751308embedded image4744751309embedded image4744751310embedded image4744751311embedded image4744751312embedded image4744751313embedded image4744751314embedded image4744751315embedded image4744751316embedded image4744751317embedded image4764771318embedded image4804811319embedded image4824831320embedded image4844851321embedded image4844851322embedded image4884891323embedded image4904911324embedded image4904911325embedded image4924931326embedded image4984991327embedded image5085091328embedded image5085091329embedded image5085091330embedded image5085091331embedded image5425431332embedded image557558




embedded image


Method T, Step 1.


To a microtiter plate well containing 1 ml solution of T1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) in DCM (0.010 g) and R15C(O)R16 (5 equiv, R15=H, R16=Ph) was added Sodium cyanoborohydride in dichloroethane (14.3 mg/mL, 2 equiv.). The well was capped and shaken for 20 h before MP-TsOH Resin (100 mg, 1.29 mmol/g) was added to the well followed by additional MP-TsOH resin (50 mg) after 2 h. After the mixture was shaken for another 1 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with dichloroethane (1 mL) (3×), then MeOH (1 mL) (2×). The resin was treated with 7N ammonia in MeOH (1 mL) for 30 min (2×) followed by filtration and evaporation of solvent to give T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=Bu and R15=Ph and R16=H).


Method T, Step 2.


Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph and R15=H) to T3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4==Bu and R15=Ph and R16=H).


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e1333embedded image3483491334embedded image3503511335embedded image3503511336embedded image3563571337embedded image3623631338embedded image3703711339embedded image3843851340embedded image3843851341embedded image4004011342embedded image4464471343embedded image448449




embedded image



Alternatively, similar synthetic method can be used for the generation of other types of compounds. i.e.
embedded image


In a microwave vial was charged U1 (R2=H; R3=i-Bu, R4=Me) (0.025 g) in toluene (4 mL), potassium carbonate (0.035 g), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.020 g). water (0.02 mL) and R21B(OH)2 (R21=m-Methoxyphenyl) (3 eq.) were placed. The vial was placed in a microwave for 10 min. at 150° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and extracted with 2.5N NaOH. The dried (MgSO4) dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown residue which was purified via a RP Prep LCMS system to give product U2 (R2=H; R3=iBu: R4=Me; R2=m-methoxyphenyl).


The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e1344embedded image2792801345embedded image2852861346embedded image2932941347embedded image2993001349embedded image2993001349embedded image3043051350embedded image3093101351embedded image3133141352embedded image3183191353embedded image3233241354embedded image3233241355embedded image3233241356embedded image3293301357embedded image3353361358embedded image3353361359embedded image3373381360embedded image3433441361embedded image3473481362embedded image3473481363embedded image3473481364embedded image3473481365embedded image3473481366embedded image3493501367embedded image3493501368embedded image3503511369embedded image3513521370embedded image3523531371embedded image3573581372embedded image3593601373embedded image3603611374embedded image3603611375embedded image3603611376embedded image3603611377embedded image3603611378embedded image3603611379embedded image3653661380embedded image3653661381embedded image3653661382embedded image3653661383embedded image3663671384embedded image3713721385embedded image3713721386embedded image3713721387embedded image3723731388embedded image3723731389embedded image3753761390embedded image3773781391embedded image3773781392embedded image3773781393embedded image3773781394embedded image3793801395embedded image3793801396embedded image3803811397embedded image3813821398embedded image3833841399embedded image3843851400embedded image3853861401embedded image3853861402embedded image3863871403embedded image3873881404embedded image3893901405embedded image3893901406embedded image3923931407embedded image3953961408embedded image4034041409embedded image4034041410embedded image4054061411embedded image4064071412embedded image4134141413embedded image4194201414embedded image4974981415embedded image398TBD1416embedded image399TBD




embedded image


Method V, Step 1:


Compound V1 (R3=R4=Me) (14.76 mmole), EDCI (14.76 mmole), HOAt mmole), and DIEA (14.76 mmole) were mixed with 36 ml DCM. This mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min before 3-chlorobenzylamine was added. After the reaction solution was stirred at RT overnight, it was washed with sodium carbonate (3×), water, 1N HCl (4×), and aq sodium bicarbonate and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified on flash column to give the amide product V2 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me).


Method V, step 2


Compound V2 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me) (8.33 mmole) was dissolved in 35 ml anhydrous DCM, and cooled to 0-5° C. Thiophosgene (9.16 mmole) in 10 ml DCM was added dropwise under N2 followed by addition of DIEA (11.96 mmole). The solution was stirred in ice bath for 0.5 h before the reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3×), brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and residue purified on flash column using ethylacetate/hexane to give the thiohydantoin V3 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me).


Method V, step 3:


The thiohydantoin V3 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me) was treated with t-butyl hydroperoxide and ammonium hydroxide in MeOH at RT for 48 h to give compound V4 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R2=H; R3=R4=Me).


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StrutureMWm/e1417embedded image2512521420embedded image3073081418embedded image2652661421embedded image3573581419embedded image2932941422embedded image371372




embedded image


Compound W1 obtained using method A (n=1, R2=m-Cl-Bn, R3=Me) was hydrolyzed to W2 (n=1, R2=m-Cl-Bn, R3=Me) using two equivalent of LiOH in MeOH.


The following compounds were synthesized in similar fashion:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e1423embedded image2952961426embedded image4114121424embedded image3113121427embedded image4254261425embedded image325326




embedded image


(In the scheme, -Z-NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17)— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method X, Step 1:


To a mixture of the amine X1 obtained using method L (R3=Me; R4=Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (10 mg) in DCM and sat. NaHCO3 (1:1 by volume) was added triphosgene (0.33 eq) at r.t. The solution was stirred vigorously for 40 minutes before the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic solution was evaporated to give compound X2 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).


Method X, Step 2:


Compound X3 (R15=H; R16=cyclopropylmethyl; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) was prepared from X2 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) using method similar to method M, step 1.


Method X, Step 3:


Compound X4 (R16=H; R17=cyclopropylmethyl; R12=H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) was prepared from X3 (R16=H; R17=cyclopropylmethyl; R2=H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) using method similar to method A Step 3. NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.25, s, 4H; δ 4.8, m, 2H; δ 4.25, s, 2H; δ 2.9, m, 2H; δ 1.68, m, 2H; δ 1.44, m, 1H; δ 1.36, s, 3H, δ 0.9, m, 1H; δ 0.82, m, 3H; δ 0.66, m, 3H; δ 0.4, m, 2H; δ 0.12, m, 2H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 386.1.


The following compounds were prepared using a similar method.

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e1428embedded image3853861443embedded image5185191429embedded image4014021444embedded image5185191430embedded image4014021445embedded image5245251431embedded image4154161446embedded image5245251432embedded image4274281447embedded image5265271433embedded image4354361448embedded image5325331434embedded image4354361449embedded image5335341435embedded image4434441450embedded image5375381436embedded image4494501451embedded image5375381437embedded image4634641452embedded image5455461438embedded image4714721453embedded image5595601439embedded image4854861454embedded image5705711440embedded image4964971455embedded image5725731441embedded image5045051456embedded image5985991442embedded image513514




embedded image


(In the scheme,
embedded image

is equivalent to R1 substituted by R2, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 and R16 form a ring as defined above, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method Y, Step 1:


The reaction mixture of compound Y1 obtained from Method L (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (0.1639 mmole), Y2 (R23=H; R23=Pr) (0.1967 mmole), PS-EDC resin (0.4917 mmole) and HOBT (0.2459 mmole) in 3.5 ml of mixture of THF, MeCN and DMF (1:1:0.3) was shaken overnight at RT before 6 eq of PS-trisamine resin 3 eq of PS-isocyanate resin were added. After 6 hrs the reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with THF, DCM and MeOH. The combined filtrate was evaporated and the crude was treated with 40% TFA in DCM for 40 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified on RP HPLC system to give product Y3 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23=H; R23=Pr).


Method Y, Step 2:


The reaction solution of Y3 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23=H; R23=Pr) (0.030 mmole), carbonyl diimidazole (0.032 mmole), and DIEA (0.09 mmole) in 0.5 ml DCM was shaken overweekend at RT. The crude was then purified on reverse column to give the thiohydantoin product which was converted into Y4 (R2=H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23=H; R23=Pr).


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e1457embedded image4134141459embedded image4274281458embedded image413414




embedded image


(In the scheme, -Z-NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17)— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1 Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)


Method Z, Step 1:


To the solution of the Phoxime™ resin (1.23 mmol/g) in DCM was added the amine Z1 obtained from method L (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (2 eq). The mixture was shaken overnight before the resin was filtered and washed with DCM, MeOH, THF (3 cycles), then DCM (×2), dried in vacuum to get resin Z2 (R3=Me; R4=Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).


Method Z, Step 2:


To the resin Z2 (R3=Me; R4=1Bu; ==para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—), swelled in DCM, in toluene was added N-methylbenzylamine (4 eq). The mixture was heated at 80-90° C. overnight before MP-TSOH resin (1.3 mmol/g, 12 eq) was added. The mixture was shaken for 1.5 hours, the solution was filtered and the resin washed with DCM and MeOH. The combined organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to get Z3 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn).


Method Z, Step 3:


Compound Z4 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn) was generated from Z3 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn) using method similar to Method A step 3.


The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e1460embedded image4574581474embedded image5315321461embedded image4694701475embedded image5335341462embedded image4714721476embedded image5335341463embedded image4714721477embedded image5385391464embedded image4834841478embedded image5455461465embedded image4854861479embedded image5475481466embedded image4854861480embedded image5475481467embedded image4954961481embedded image5475481468embedded image4995001482embedded image5515521469embedded image5015021483embedded image5685691470embedded image5075081484embedded image5715721471embedded image5095101485embedded image5935941472embedded image5175181486embedded image5965971473embedded image5175181487embedded image6076081488embedded image3643651489embedded image3773771490embedded image513514




embedded image


8,11-Dichloro-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridine (AA2) (18 mg) was reacted with AA1, obtained from method Q, and diisopropylethylamine (14 uL) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at 65° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was placed on a preparative silica gel plate and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate 3:1 to give the desired product which was treated with 40% TFA. Evaporation of the solvent followed by purification afforded compound AA3.


The following compounds were prepared by similar methods:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e187embedded image491492188embedded image493494




embedded image


Method AB, Step 1:


To a solution of (R)-(+)-2-methyl-2-propane sulfinamide (1.0 g, 8.3 mmol, 1 eq) and AB1 (R6=Ph, R7=n-Bu) (3 mL, 9.1 mmol, 1.1 eq) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added Ti(OEt)4 (7 mL, 17 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was heated at 70° C. for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 30 mL of brine under vigourous stirring. The resulting suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite and the solid was washed with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The filtrate was washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with hexane/Et2O (5:1) to give 1.9 g (85%) of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 3H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=265.9. HPLC tR=7.24, 7.58 min (E/Z=5.5:1).


To a solution of methyl acetate (0.6 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (5 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 3.4 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of ClTi(Oi-Pr)3 (1.8 mL, 7.6 mmol, 2.2 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring for another 30 min, a solution of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide (0.9 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise via a syringe. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h and TLC showed no starting material left. A saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl (10 eq) was added and the suspension was warmed to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was then partitioned between H2O (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give 1.1 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.8 g (76%) of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 87.15-7.07 (m, 5H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 4H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 0.89 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=339.9. HPLC tR=7.50, 7.6 min (E/Z=1.5:1)


To a solution of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate (0.4 g, 1.1 mmol) in 12 mL of MeOH was added 16 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane. After stirring for 30 min, the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (6 mL), stirred for 5 min, and evaporated again to afford 0.30 g (97%) of AB2 (R6=Ph, R7=n-Bu) as a yellow solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 69.01 (brs, 2H), 7.37-7.12 (m, 5H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.1 (m, 4H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.7 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=235.9. HPLC tR=4.72 min.


Method AB, Step 2:


Treatment of compound AB2 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl) with thiophosgene in CH2Cl2 in the presence of aqueous NaHCO3 at 0° C. generates isothiocyanate AB3 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl) which was converted into final product using method similar to Method A Step 2 and Method A Step 3 to give product AB5 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl, R1=Me). 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.4 (brs, 1H), 7.25-7.11 (m, 5H), 3.23 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.8 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 1H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.1-1.0 (m, 4H), 0.99 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=260.2. HPLC tR=5.09 min.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs.Obs#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e189embedded image239240195embedded image443444190embedded image253254196embedded image463464191embedded image259260197embedded image537538192embedded image333334198embedded image537538193embedded image333334199embedded image295296194embedded image349350200embedded image295296




embedded image


The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hull, R. et al, J. Chem. Soc. 1963, 6028-6033. Thus, to a solution of AC2 (R1=Benzyl) (0.72 g, 5.9 mmol) in AC1 (R4=Me, R3=Me) (1.4 mL) was added a 50% aqueous solution of cyanamide (0.31 mL, 8.0 mmol). The reaction was heated with stirring at reflux (˜40° C.) for 0.5 h, then cooled to 25° C. and stirred for an additional 16 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ether and H2O. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 5-10% CH3OH/CH2Cl2 as eluent followed by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 0.15 g (8.0%) of AC3 (R1=benzyl, R4=Me and R3=Me) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CH3OH, 300 MHz): 87.35-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 75 MHz) δ 157.8, 135.6, 129.1, 128.5, 127.9, 104.2, 59.6, 28.8. MS (ESI) m/e 206.1 (M+H)+.

#StructureMWObs. m/e201embedded image205206




embedded image


Method AD, Step 1:


AD2 (R3=Ph, R4=tButyl) was prepared from AD1 using method similar to Method AB, step 2.


Method AD, Step 2:


The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hussein, A. Q. et al, Chem. Ber. 1979, 112, 1948-1955. Thus, to a mixture of AD2 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) (0.56 g, 2.7 mmol) and boiling chips in CCl4 (25 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (0.49 g, 2.7 mmol). The mixture was irradiated with a 200 watt light source for 1 h. The reaction was cooled, the solid filtered off and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. Chromatography on silica gel by eluting with 5% EtOAc/hexane gave 0.57 g (73%) of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene as a beige powder. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 75 MHz): δ 139.1, 129.0, 128.9, 128.6, 127.5, 91.2, 45.6, 26.6. MS (ESI) m/e 284.9 (M+H)+.


To a solution of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene (0.13 g, 0.47 mmol) and the hydrochloride salt of N-methylhydroxylamine (0.047 g, 0.57 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using CH3OH/CH2Cl2 as eluent to give 0.050 g (42%) of AD3 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) as a glassy solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.26 (m, 5H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 251.1 (M+H)+.


Method AD, Step 3:


To a solution of AD3 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) (0.065 g, 0.26 mmol) in CH3OH (5 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of aqueous ammonia (2 mL) followed by a 70% aqueous solution of t-butylhydroperoxide (2 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 25° C. and stirred for 16 h, The volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give 2.0 mg (2.2%) of AD4 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 234.2 (M+H)+.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e202embedded image213214204embedded image309310203embedded image233234




embedded image


Method AE, Step 1:


TBDMS-CI (5.3 g, 35.19 mmole) and imidazole (2.4 g, 35.19 mmole) were added to a suspension of H2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (8.2 g, 31.99 mmole) in 220 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with 1200 ml EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with saturated NaHCO3 3× and brine 3×, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 to give 12 g of AE2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl), which was used for next step without further purification.


Method AE, Step 2:


AE2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl; 12 grams crude) was converted to iminohydantoin using conditions similar to Method A Step 3, which was subsequently treated with 75% TFA in DCM at room temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give 13.6 g of a product that was reacted with Boc anhydride to give 5.8 g AE3 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) after column purification.


Method AE, Step 3:


AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (8.2 g) was obtained from AE3 (5.8 g) according to the step 4 of the method H.


Method AE, Step 4:


To a solution of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) ((3.95 g, 8.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (98 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (7 mL, 40 mmol). The reaction was stirred under N2 (gas) at room temperature. After 5.5 h, the reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 75% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (2.48 g, 92%).


Method AE, Step 4:


To a solution of R15OH(R15=cyclobutyl) (10 μl) and HBF4 (1 equiv) in anhydrous methylene chloride (0.5 mL) was added a solution of AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.062 mmol) in methylene chloride (0.5 mL). The reaction was agitated overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was agitated for 1 h at rt. The reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC/MS eluting with a 7 min gradient of 5 to 95% CH3CN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid to afford AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl, R15=cyclobutyl).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e205embedded image267268226embedded image335336206embedded image293294227embedded image335336207embedded image295296228embedded image335336208embedded image295296229embedded image335336209embedded image295296230embedded image335336210embedded image295296231embedded image335336211embedded image305306232embedded image335336212embedded image307308233embedded image337338213embedded image307308234embedded image337338214embedded image309310235embedded image349350215embedded image309310236embedded image349350216embedded image309310237embedded image349350217embedded image309310238embedded image349350218embedded image321322239embedded image353354219embedded image321322240embedded image361362220embedded image321322241embedded image363364221embedded image322323242embedded image363364222embedded image329330243embedded image363364223embedded image333334244embedded image389390224embedded image335336245embedded image321NA225embedded image335336




embedded image


To a solution of tBuOK (9.5 mg, 0.0848 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added ArOH (Ar=m-Chlorophenyl)(13 μl, 0.1273 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF followed by addition of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days before it was diluted with 1 ml MeCN, treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin and 100 mg Amberlyst A26 resin. The resin was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated down to give a product that was treated with 50% TFA for 1 hr. After evaporation of TFA in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 2 ml MeCN, and treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin. The resin was washed thoroughly with THF, MeCN and MeOH, and then treated with 2M NH3 in MeoH to give AF2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl and R15=3-chlorophenyl).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e246embedded image316317309embedded image365366247embedded image316317310embedded image365366248embedded image316317311embedded image366367249embedded image329330312embedded image366367250embedded image329330313embedded image366367251embedded image329330314embedded image366367252embedded image330331315embedded image366367253embedded image331332316embedded image366367254embedded image331332317embedded image366367255embedded image333334318embedded image367368256embedded image333334319embedded image367368257embedded image333334320embedded image367368258embedded image333334321embedded image369370259embedded image333334322embedded image371372260embedded image340341323embedded image371372261embedded image340341324embedded image371372262embedded image340341325embedded image372373263embedded image343344326embedded image372373264embedded image343344327embedded image372373265embedded image343344328embedded image372373266embedded image343344329embedded image373374267embedded image344345330embedded image373374268embedded image344345331embedded image375376269embedded image345346332embedded image375376270embedded image345346333embedded image375376271embedded image345346334embedded image377378272embedded image345346335embedded image377378273embedded image347348336embedded image377378274embedded image347348337embedded image383384275embedded image349350338embedded image383384276embedded image349350339embedded image383384277embedded image349350340embedded image383384278embedded image349350341embedded image383384279embedded image351352342embedded image383384280embedded image351352343embedded image383384281embedded image351352344embedded image383384282embedded image351352345embedded image383384283embedded image351352346embedded image383384284embedded image351352347embedded image385386285embedded image351352348embedded image385386286embedded image351352349embedded image386387287embedded image355356350embedded image387388288embedded image355356351embedded image387388289embedded image357358352embedded image393394290embedded image357358353embedded image393394291embedded image357358354embedded image393394292embedded image357358355embedded image393394293embedded image358359356embedded image399400294embedded image358359357embedded image399400295embedded image358359358embedded image400401296embedded image358359359embedded image400401297embedded image359360360embedded image400401298embedded image359360361embedded image401402299embedded image359360362embedded image401402300embedded image359360363embedded image401402301embedded image359360364embedded image405406302embedded image360361365embedded image411412303embedded image360361366embedded image414415304embedded image360361367embedded image417418305embedded image363364368embedded image417418306embedded image363364369embedded image421422307embedded image363364370embedded image434435308embedded image363364371embedded image451452




embedded image


Method AG, Step 1:


R21-H (R21=PhS—) (33 μl, 0.318 mmole) was treated with NaH (10.2 mg, 60% in mineral oil) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. A solution of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmol) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was partitioned between ether and saturated NaHCO3 water solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether 2 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 2 times, and dried over anhydrous NaSO4. The crude was purified on flash column with EtOAc/hexane to give 9 mg of AG1 (R21=PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (49.2% yield).


Method AG, Step 2:


AG1 (R21=PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) was treated with 50% TFA according to the Step 6 of the method H to give AG2 (R21 =PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e372embedded image315316374embedded image337338373embedded image331332




embedded image


Method AH, Step 1:


Benzophenone imine (3.27 g, 18.04 mmole) was added to a suspension of AH1 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (4 g, 18.04 mmole) in 65 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight under N2 before the solid was filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 100 ml ether, washed with water 2× and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude was purified on flash column to give 5.08 g (80.57% yield) of AH2 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl).


Method AH, Step 2:


A solution of AH2 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (1 g, 2.86 mmole) in 12 ml anhydrous THF was added to a suspension of 18-crown-6 (0.76 g, 2.86 mmole) and 30% KH in mineral oil (1.16 g, 8.58 mmole) in 4 ml anhydrous THF under N2. The mixture was cooled in ice-bath and R4Br (R4=3-pyridylmethyl, as a hydrobromide salt) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred in ice-bath for 30 min and at room temperature for 2 more hrs before the reaction was quenched with 2 ml of HOAc/THF/H2O (0.25:0.75:1). The mixture was diluted with 40 ml EtOAc/H2O (1:1). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc 3 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 3 times and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude was purified on flash column to give 0.44 g (35.14% yield) of product which was treated with 1N HCl (2.2 ml, 2.22 mmole) in 3 ml ether in ice-bath followed by stirred at r.t. overnight. The aqueous phase was evaporated and purified on C-18 reverse phase column to give 0.22 g (66% yield) of AH3 (R4=3-pyridylmethyl; R3=cyclohexylmethyl).
embedded image


To a solution of compound AI1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (34 mg, 0.105 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 10% Pd/C (5 mg). The mixture was kept under an H2 balloon for 1 hr. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get crude product. This residue was purified by RP HPLC to get compound A12 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (25 mg, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 246.1; exact mass 245.15. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=7.59 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 4H), 0.86 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e375embedded image283284380embedded image463464376embedded image285286381embedded image487488377embedded image299300382embedded image489490378embedded image450451383embedded image503504379embedded image462463384embedded image516517




embedded image


To a mixture of compound AJ1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.165 mmol) and butylzincbromide (1.32 ml, 0.6 mmol) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2. The mixture was degassed, sealed and heated at 55° C. for 1 day. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and NH3/H2O. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated, and purified by RP HPLC to get product which was then treated with 4N HCl/dioxane for 30 min to give compound AJ2(R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (12 mg, 25%). Observed MW (M+H) 302.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=7.32 (m, 3H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 4H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 6H).


The following compound was synthesized in a similar fashion:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e386embedded image518519385embedded image301302




embedded image


To a solution of AK1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl, R21=n-Bu) (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 5% Pt/C (5 mg), Rh/C (5 mg) and conc. HCl (0.05 ml). The mixture was kept under H2 (50 psi) for 2 days. After the filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get compound AK2 (R1=Me, R3=n-butyl, R21=n-Bu) Observed MW (M+H) 308.1. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=3.16 (s, 3H), 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 16H), 0.88 (m, 6H).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e387embedded image277278391embedded image391392388embedded image291292392embedded image391392389embedded image305306390embedded image307308




embedded image


Method AL, Step 1:


To a solution of compound AL1 (R3=n-Bu) (418 mg, 1.39 mmol) in methanol (8 ml) was added PtO2 (40 mg) and conc. HCl (0.4 ml). The mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) for 1 day. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was basified to pH=11-12 by 1N NaOH. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL2 (R3=n-Bu) (316 mg, 100%).


Method AL, Step 2:


To a solution of compound AL2 (R3=n-Bu) (300 mg, 1.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml) was added (BOC)2O (316 mg, 1.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 hr. It was diluted with water and dichloromethane. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL3 (R3=n-Bu) (464 mg, 100%).
embedded image


Method AM, Step 1:


Compound AM1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl) was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 2 hr. The mixture was concentrated to get compound AM2 as an HCl salt (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl). Observed MW (M+H) 470.1; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.62 (m, 8H), 1.35 (m, 6H), 1.12 (m, 1H), 0.91 (m, 3H).


Method AM, Step 2:


To a solution of compound AM2 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl) (32 mg, 0.068 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added acetyl chloride (5 ul, 0.072 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hr. It was then diluted with CH2Cl2 and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get compound AM3 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl and R15=Me) Observed MW (M+H) 512.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=7.27 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 5H), 1.75 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 7H), 0.84 (m, 3H).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e394embedded image252253397embedded image469470395embedded image252253398embedded image498499396embedded image456457399embedded image511512




embedded image


To a solution of compound AN2 (R1=4-N-(α-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R3=n-Butyl) (28 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 ml) was added butyraldehyde (5.3 ul, 0.06 mmol), triethylamine (8.4 ul, 0.06 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (18 mg, 0.084 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. It was then diluted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get AN2 (R1=4-N-(α-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R3=n-Butyl, R15=propyl and R16=H) (5.4 mg, 17%). Observed MW (M+H) 526.1; exact mass 525.37. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 5H), 1.39 (m, 8H), 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.99 (m, 3H), 0.92 (m, 3H).


The following compound was synthesized using similar method:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e400embedded image308309402embedded image525526401embedded image308309




embedded image


A mixture of copper chloride (2.06 g, 20.8 mmol) and lithium chloride (1.76 g, 41.6 mmol) in 100 ml of THF was cooled down to −78° C. To this mixture, a 2.0M solution of AO1 (R3=n-butyl) (10 ml, 20 mmol) was added gradually. The reaction was warmed up to −60° C., and AO2 (R4=m-Br—Ph) (2.9 ml, 22 mmol) was injected. The mixture was stirred at −60° C. for 15 minutes and then quickly warmed up to RT by removing the dry-ice bath. The reaction was quenched with water and sat. NaHCO3. After addition of diethyl ether, a lot of precipitate formed and was filtered. From the biphasic filtrate, the organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AO3 (R4=m-BrPh, R3=n-Bu) (3.93 g, 82%). Observed MW (M+H) 241.1; exact mass 240.01. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.07 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=7.6 Hz).


The following ketones were made according to Method 9:

Observed MWStructure(M + H)Exact massembedded image242.1241.01




embedded image


Method AP, Step 1:


To a solution of AP1 (R4=3-Bromophenyl) (5 g, 25 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) were added N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.56 g, 26.25 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.95 ml, 26.25 mmol). EDCI (5.04 g, 26.25 mmol) was then added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and was then quenched with 1N HCl (60 ml). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give the Weinreb amide AP2 (R4=m-Bromophenyl) (5.96 g, 98%). Observed MW (M+H) 244.1; exact mass 243.99. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ=7.78 (m, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 3H). This material was used in the next step without purification.


Method AP, Step 2:


To a suspension of magnesium turnings (1.19 g, 48.8 mmol) in 30 ml of THF was added dropwise a solution of R3Br (R3=cyclohexylethyl) (5.73 ml, 36.6 mmol) in 24 ml of THF. After addition of half of the solution of bromide, several crystals of iodine were added to initiate the reaction. The mixture became cloudy and heat evolved. The rest of the solution of bromide was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes and then was cooled to 0° C., and the AP2 (R4=m-Bromophenyl) (5.96 g, 24.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hr and then quenched with 1N HCl until no residual Mg(0) was left. The phases was separated, and the water layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The crude was purified by silica chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AP3 (R4=m-Bromophenyl, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (8.06 g, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 295.2; exact mass 294.06. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.18 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.70 (m, 9H), 1.63 (m, 4H).
embedded image


To a −78° C. solution of AQ1 (R4=cyclopropyl) (2.55 g, 38.0 mmol) in diethyl ether (100 ml) was added AO3 (R3=n-Bu) (38 ml, 1.5 M in hexanes, 57 mmol). After 45 min, the cooling bath was removed. After 3 h at RT, the reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of water and then diluted further with EtOAc and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. This crude residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica gel, 0%→100% CH2Cl2/hexanes) to provide the desired ketone AQ4 (R4=cyclopropyl, R3=n-Butyl) (2.57 g, 20.4 mmol, 54%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.52 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (m, 2H).
embedded image


Method AR:


Compound B2 (R1=m-Cl-Phenethyl, R3=Me, R4=i-butyl and R5=benzyl) was converted into AR2 (R1=m-Cl-Phenethyl, R3=Me, R4=i-butyl and R5=benzyl) using method A step 3.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e403embedded image396397407embedded image340NA404embedded image354NA408embedded image382NA405embedded image477NA409embedded image446NA406embedded image460NA




embedded image


Method AS, Step 1:


To a mixture of AS1 (R3=Ph) (3.94 g) in toluene (10 ml) was added thionyl chloride (1.61 ml) and the resulting mixture as heated under reflux for 6 h (until HCl evolution ceased). The reaction mixture was kept overnight at rt before it was concentrated in vacuo. Toluene (10 ml) was added and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo again. The reaction mixture was dissolved in CH2Cl2, solid sodium bicarbonate added, filtered and then the CH2Cl2 solution was concentrated in vacuo to give AS2 (R3=Ph).


Method AS, Step 2:


To AS2 (R3=Ph) (0.645 g) and AS5 (R4=4-chlorophenyl) (0.464 g), and 1,3-dimethylimidazolium iodide (0.225 g) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added 60% sodium hydride in oil (0.132 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between H2O and Et2O. The dried Et2O solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2 to give AS3 (R3=Ph, R4=p-ClPh). (Miyashita, A., Matsuda, H., Hiagaskino, T., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1992, 40 (10), 2627-2631).


Method AS, Step 3:


Hydrochloric acid (1N, 1.5 ml) was added to AS3 (R3=Ph, R4=p-ClPh) in THF (10 ml) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and then partitioned between CH2Cl2 and H2O. The dried CH2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2:hexane 1:1 to afford AS4 (R3=Ph, R4=p-ClPh).


Method AS, Step 4:


AS4 (R3=Ph, R4=p-ClPh) (0.12 g) and methylguanidine, HCl (AS6, R1=Me) (0.055 g) were mixed in absolute EtOH (5 ml) with triethylamine (0.2 ml) and then heated under reflux for 20 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and then partitioned between CH2Cl2 and H2O. The dried CH2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1 to afford AS5 (R3=Ph, R4=p-ClPh and R1=Me).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs.Obs.#StructureMWm/e#StructureMWm/e419embedded image299300411embedded image265266420embedded image309310412embedded image265266421embedded image325326413embedded image271272422embedded image343344414embedded image271272423embedded image343344415embedded image279280424embedded image421422416embedded image295296425embedded image482483417embedded image295296426embedded image512513418embedded image299300427embedded image560561




embedded image


Method AT, Step 1:


AT1, prepared using a method similar to Method H, Step 1, 2 and 3, (n=4, R3=R4=n-Bu) (0.146 g) in MeOH (3 ml) and 1N NaOH (0.727 ml) were stirred overnight at rt. The mixture was concentrated and then partitioned in water (pH ˜3, adjusted using conc. HCl) and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo to afford AT2 (n=4, R3=R4=n-Bu).


Method AT, Step 2:


Compound AT2 (n=4, R3=R4=n-Bu) (0.012 g). in MeCN (1 ml) was treated with EDC resin (0.12 g, 1.44 mmol/g), HOBT (0.004 g) in THF (1 ml), and n-butylamine (R15=H, R16=n-butyl) (0.007 ml). The reaction was carried out overnight at rt. before Argonaut PS-NCO resin (0.150 g), PS-polyamine resin (0.120 g) and THF (2 ml) were added and the mixture shaken for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and resin washed with THF (2 ml). The combined organic phase was concentrated in vacuo before the residue was treated with 1N HCl in MeOH (1 ml) for 4 h followed by evaporation of solvent to give AT3 (n=4, R3=R4=n-Bu, R15=H and R16=n-Butyl).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e428embedded image324325429embedded image325326430embedded image338339431embedded image339340432embedded image366367433embedded image368369434embedded image380381435embedded image382383436embedded image400401437embedded image406407438embedded image414415439embedded image414415440embedded image420421441embedded image428429442embedded image444445443embedded image458459




embedded image


A published procedure was adapted (Varga, I.; Nagy, T.; Kovesdi, I.; Benet-Buchholz, J.; Dormab, G.; Urge, L.; Darvas, F. Tetrahedron, 2003, (59) 655-662).


AU1 (R15=H, R16=H) (0.300 g), prepared according to procedure described by Furniss, B. S.; Hannaford, A. J.; Smith, P. W. G.; Tatchell, A. R., (Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. 5th ed. Longman: new York, 1989; pp 1034-1035), AU2 (HCl salt, R1=Me) (0.237 g), 50% KOH (0.305 ml), 30% H2O2 (0.115 ml) and EtOH (4.6 ml) were heated in a sealed tube for 2 h. Reaction mixture was concentrated and extracted with CH2Cl2. The dried organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates eluting with CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1 to afford AU3 (R15=H, R16=H, R1=Me).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e444embedded image265266446embedded image280281447embedded image285286448embedded image285286449embedded image309310450embedded image309310




embedded image


Method AV, Step 1:


In a microwave tube, AV1 (R3=Me, R4=Bu-i) (0.0012 g) and AV2 (R22=OPh) (0.0059 ml) in isopropanol (2 ml) was placed in a microwave at 125° C. for 5 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give AV3 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22=OPh).


Method AV, Step 2:


AV3 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22=OPh) in CH2Cl2 (1 ml) and TFA (1 ml) was shaken for 2 h and the concentrated in vacuo and purified on Prep LCMS to afford AV4 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22=OPh).


The following compounds were synthesized in a simlar fashion.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e451embedded image378379452embedded image396397453embedded image416417




embedded image


Method similar to Method U was used for this transformation. The following compounds were generated using similar methods.


The following compounds were synthesized in a similar fashion:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e454embedded image341342455embedded image341342456embedded image342343457embedded image342343458embedded image347348459embedded image359360460embedded image323324461embedded image294295




embedded image


Method AX, Step 1.


A literature procedure was adapted. (J-Q Yu and E. J. Corey, Organic Letters, 2002, 4, 2727-2730).


To a 400 ml DCM solution of AX1 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (52 grams) in a ice bath was added 5 g of Pd/C (5% w/w), 50 g of potassium carbonate and 100 ml of anhydrous t-BuOOH. The mixture was stirred in air for overnight before it was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The residue after removal of organic solvent and drying was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give 25 g of AX2 (n=1, R4=phenethyl).


Method AX, Step 2.


A solution of AX2 (4.5 g, n=1, R4=phenethyl) in MeOH (50 ml) was treated with 0.4 g of Sodium borohydride and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the solvent was removed and residue chromatographed to give a mixtrue of AX3 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) and AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) which was separated using an AS chiralpak column eluted with 8% IPA in Hexane (0.05% DEA) to give 2.1 g of AX3 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) as the first fraction and 2.2 g of AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) as the second fraction.


Method AX, Step 3.


A 100 ml methanolic solution of AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (2.2 g) and 1,1′-bis(di-1-propylphosphino)ferrocene (1,5-cyclooctadiene)rhodium (I) tetrafluoroborate (0.4 g, 0.57 mmol) was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield AX6 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (1.79).


The following compounds were generated using similar method.
embedded imageembedded image


A solution of AY1 (n=1; 1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), 5% Rh/C (1.5 g), 5% Pd/C (0.5 g) in AcOH (30 mL) was shaken in a Parr apparatus at 55 psi for 18 hours. The vessel was flushed with N2, and the reaction was filtered through a pad of celite. After concentration AY2 was obtained which was carried on without purification. MS m/e: 312.0 (M+H).


AY3 was generated using similar method.
embedded imageembedded image


Method AZ, Step 1


To a solution of AZ1 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.441 g, 1.01 mmol), generated from AY2 using Method C and Method H Step 3, in DCM was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (0.880 g, 2.07 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with H2O and diluted with EtOAc. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield AZ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.408 g, 0.94 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 434.1 (M+H).


Method AZ Step 2:


To a solution of AZ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.011 g, 0.025 mmol) and AZ5 (R15=H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.0067 mL, 0.066 mmol) in DCE (1.8 mL) and MeOH (0.2 mL) was added AcOH (4 drops) and MP-cycanoborohydride resin (0.095 g, 2.42 mmol/g). The reaction was agitated for 40 hours at room temperature. The reaction was treated with 7N NH3/MeOH, and solution was filtered. After concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel HPLC (0-4% [(5% 7N NH3/MeOH)/MeOH]/(50% DCM/hexanes) to furnish fraction 1 and fraction 2 which, after removal of solvent, were treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 3 h at r.t. to give AZ4 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl, R15=H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.005 g, 0.009 mmol) and the AZ3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl, R15=H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.012 g, 0.022 mmol) respectively.


The following compounds were generated using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e462embedded image333334463embedded image348349464embedded image374375465embedded image374375466embedded image374375467embedded image374375468embedded image376377469embedded image376377470embedded image376377471embedded image376377472embedded image377378473embedded image377378474embedded image378379475embedded image378379476embedded image388389477embedded image388389478embedded image388389479embedded image388389480embedded image388389481embedded image388389482embedded image388389483embedded image388389484embedded image390391485embedded image390391486embedded image390391487embedded image390391488embedded image391392489embedded image391392490embedded image391392491embedded image391392492embedded image392393493embedded image392393494embedded image392393495embedded image392393496embedded image402403497embedded image402403498embedded image402403499embedded image405406500embedded image406407501embedded image406407502embedded image406407503embedded image406407504embedded image406407505embedded image410411506embedded image410411507embedded image410411508embedded image411412509embedded image411412510embedded image411412511embedded image416417512embedded image416417513embedded image416417514embedded image416417515embedded image417418516embedded image417418517embedded image424425518embedded image424425519embedded image424425520embedded image424425521embedded image425426522embedded image425427523embedded image425426524embedded image425426525embedded image425426526embedded image425426527embedded image425426528embedded image425426529embedded image425426530embedded image425426531embedded image425426532embedded image425426533embedded image428429534embedded image428429535embedded image439440536embedded image439440537embedded image442443538embedded image442443539embedded image442443540embedded image442443541embedded image444445542embedded image445446543embedded image459460544embedded image459460




embedded image


Method BA, Step 1:


BA1, prepared according to a literature procedure (Terao, Y; Kotaki, H; Imai, N and Achiwa K. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 33 (7), 1985, 2762-2766) was converted to BA2 using a procedure described by Coldham, I; Crapnell, K. M; Fernandez, J-C; Moseley J. D. and Rabot, R. (Journal of Organic Chemistry, 67 (17), 2002, 6185-6187).



1H NMR(CDCl3) for BA2: 1.42 (s, 9H), 4.06 (d, 4H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 5.62 (d, 1H).


Method BA, Step 2:


BA3 was generated from BA2 using a literature procedure described by Winkler J. D.; Axten J.; Hammach A. H.; Kwak, Y-S; Lengweiler, U.; Lucero, M. J.; Houk, K. N. (Tetrahedron, 54 1998, 7045-7056). Analytical data for compound BA3: MS m/e: 262.1, 264.1 (M+H). 1H NMR(CDCl3) 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 4.11 (d, 4H), 5.78 (d, 1H).
embedded image


Method BB, Step 1;


Compound BB1 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was converted to BB2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) and BB3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) which were separated via a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc in Hexane (0-15%).


Method BB, Step 2;


Compound BB4 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was generated from BB2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using 20% TFA in DCM.


The following compounds were generated using similar method:
embedded imageembedded image


Method BC, Step 1;


Compound BC2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC1 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using method L step 2.


Method BC, Step 2;


Compound BC3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC2(n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R5=m-Pyridyl) using method L step 3.


The following compounds were generated using a similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e552embedded image374375553embedded image388389554embedded image388389555embedded image388389556embedded image388389557embedded image390391558embedded image390391559embedded image402403560embedded image402403561embedded image402403562embedded image402403563embedded image404405564embedded image404405565embedded image404405566embedded image404405567embedded image410411568embedded image410411569embedded image411412570embedded image411412571embedded image411412572embedded image411412573embedded image411412574embedded image411412575embedded image416417576embedded image416417577embedded image416417578embedded image416417579embedded image424425580embedded image424425581embedded image424425582embedded image424425583embedded image425426584embedded image425426585embedded image425426586embedded image425426587embedded image425426588embedded image425426589embedded image425426590embedded image430431591embedded image430431592embedded image438439593embedded image438439594embedded image439410




embedded image


Method BD, Step 1;


Compound BD2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=Ph) was obtained from BD1 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using Method N, Step 1.


Method BD, Step 2;


Compound BD3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=Ph) was obtained from BD2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) using Method N, Step 2.


The following compounds were generated using a similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e595embedded image440441596embedded image460461




embedded image


Method similar to Method M was adapted for these transformations. The following compounds were generated similar methods.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e597embedded image405406598embedded image439440




embedded image


Method BF, Step 1:


Method similar to Method T, Step 1 was used for the synthesis of BF2 (n=1, R1=Me and R3=phenethyl, R15=H and R16=n-propyl).


Method BF, Step 2:


Method similar to method L Step 3 was adapted for this transformation.


The following compounds were generated using similar methods.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e599embedded image376377600embedded image390391601embedded image390391602embedded image390391603embedded image397398604embedded image397398605embedded image397398606embedded image397398607embedded image411412




embedded image


Method BG:


To a solution of BG1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.136 g, 0.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added 2,6-lutidine, AgOTf, and butyl iodide. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 96 hours. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish BG2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R15=n-butyl) (0.124 g, 0.25 mmol, 80% yield). MS m/e: 426.1 (M-OBu).


The following compound was prepared using similar method:
embedded image


Method BH, Step 1.


Compound BH1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl). (0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) and 5% Pd(OH)2/C (0.040 g) in EtOAc (1 mL)/MeOH (0.2 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of H2 for 20 hours at room temperature. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The crude product mixture BH2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) was carried on to the next step without purification.


Method BH, Step 2.


A solution of BH2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) was converted to a product mixture of BH4 and BH3 using a method similar to Method C Step 1. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol, 56% yield) and BH3 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.008 g, 0.020 mmol, 14% yield). For BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1M+H). For BH3 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1 (M+H).


Method BH, Step 3.


Compound BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol) was converted to BH5 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.016 g, 0.043 mmol, 57% yield) using a method similar to Method A, step 3. MS m/e: 392.1 (M+H).


The following compound was generated using a similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e608embedded image391392609embedded image391392610embedded image391392




embedded image


A solution of BI1 (0.020 g, 0.040 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was degassed using freeze/pump/thaw (4×) method. At the end of the fourth cycle Crabtree's catalyst was added and the system was evacuated. While thawing, the system was charged with hydrogen gas, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under an H2 atmosphere. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BI2 (0.011 g, 0.022 mmol, 55% yield). MS m/e: 368.2 (M+H).
embedded image


Method BJ, Step 1


A mixture of 2 ml dioxane solution of BJ1 (R1=Me, R3=Me) (140 mg, 0.5 mmol) generated using Method BK Steps 1 & 2, indole (1.2 eq), potassium t-Butoxide (1.4 eq), Pd2(dba)3 (0.02 eq) and 2-di-t-butylphospinobiphenyl (0.04 eq) in a sealed tube was irradiated in a microwave oven at 120° C. for 10 min and the mixture was separated via a silica gel column to give BJ2 (R1=Me, R3=Me) (0.73 mg).


Method BJ, Step 2


BJ2 (R1=Me, R3=Me) was converted to BJ3 (R1=Me, R3=Me) using Method BK, Steps 3 & 4. Obs. Mass for BJ3 (R1=Me, R3=Me): 319.2.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e614embedded image318319




embedded image


Method BK, Step 1:


Hydantoin BK2 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) was prepared, according to Method D, Step 1 from the corresponding ketone BK1 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu). Analytical data for BK2 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu): (M+H)=330.1.


Method BK, Step 2:


To a suspension of hydantoin BK2 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (138 mg, 0.419 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (0.11 ml, 0.84 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated in a 100° C. oil bath for 16 h and then cooled to RT and concentrated under vacuum. This crude residue was purified by column chromatography (MeOH/DCM) to give product BK3 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (140 mg, 0.408 mmol, 97%), (M+H)=344.1.


Method BK, Step 3:


To a solution of a portion of BK3 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.20 mmol) in toluene (1 ml) was added Lawesson's reagent (107 mg, 0.26 mmol). The resulting mixture was placed in an oil bath at 60° C. for 16 h and then at 100° C. for 24 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction was quenched by addition of several drops of 1 N HCl and then diluted with EtOAc and 1 N KOH. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. This crude residue was purified by preparative TLC (1000 μm silica, 15% EtOAc/DCM) to give two separated diastereomers BK4 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (24 mg, 0.067 mmol, 33%, MS: (M+H)=360.2) and BK5 (R3=N-benzyl-m-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (22 mg, 0.062 mmol, 31%, MS: (M+H)=360.2).


Method BK, Step 4:


Diastereomer BK5 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) was treated with NH4OH (2 ml) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (70% aqueous, 2 ml) in MeOH (4 ml) for 24 h. After concentration, the crude sample was purified by preparative TLC (1000 mm silica, 7.5% 7N NH3/MeOH in DCM). The resulting sample was dissolved in DCM (1 ml), treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 5 min, and finally concentrated to give diastereomeric products BK7 (R3=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (12 mg, 0.029 mmol, 43%). 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.39 (ABq, JAB=12.8 Hz, ΔνAB=42.1 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.39 (br d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.68 (br d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (dq, Jd=3.6 Hz, Jq=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.36-1.22 (m, 4H), 1.03 (m, 1H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: tR (doubly protonated)=0.52 min, (singly protonated)=2.79 min; (M+H) for both peaks=343.2.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e615embedded image281282




embedded image


To a 2 ml Methanolic solution of BL1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R1=Me) (10 mg) was added BL3 (HCl salt, R15=H, 2 eq) and NaOAc (2 eq) and the mixture was heated to 60 C for 16 h. After removal of solvent, the residue was treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 30 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified using a reverse phase HPLC to give BL2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R1=Me and R15=H).


The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e616embedded image348349617embedded image388389




embedded image


Method BM, Step 1:


To a toulene solution (3 ml) of BM1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) (0.050 mg) was added 1.5 eq of diphenylphosphorylazide and 1.5 eq of DBU and the solution was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1% aq HOAC before the organic layer was dried and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using EtOAc/Hex to give a product that was treated with triphenylphosphine (2 eq) in THF (1% water) overnight to give BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) after reverse phase purification.


Method BM Step 2:


To a DCM solution of BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) was added 1 eq of benzyloxycarbonyl-OSu and the reaction was stirred overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed to give BM3 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me).


Compound BM4 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) and BM5 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) were generated from BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) and BM3 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R3=Me) through Boc-deprotection.


The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs.#StructureMWm/e618embedded image332333619embedded image468469




embedded image


A mixture of Pd(OAc)2 (9 mg), triethylamine (17 microliter), triethylsilane (11 microliter) and BN1 (20 mg) in DCM was hydrogenated at 1 atm at rt for 1.5 h before the reaction was filtered through a Celite pad to give BN2 after removal of solvent.


Method BO

The following compounds were generated through boc-deprotection of the corresponding starting material using 50% TFA in DCM, rt 30 min.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e620embedded image266267621embedded image266267622embedded image274275623embedded image274275624embedded image288289625embedded image320321626embedded image320321




embedded image


Method BP, Step 1


To a solution of BP1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.012 g, 0.028 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (0.010 mL, 0.086 mmol), AgOTf (0.024 g, 0.093 mmol), and benzyl bromide (0.010 mL, 0.084 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solid was filtered, and after concentration the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BP2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.010 g, 0.019 mmol). MS m/e: 526.1 (M+H).


Method BP, Step 2


BP3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BP2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using 30% TFA/DCM. MS m/e: 426.1 (M+H).

Obs.#StructureMWm/e627embedded image425426




embedded image


Method BQ Step 1:


BQ1 was prepared according to Method AZ.


To a solution of BQ1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.3 mL) was added DIEA (0.007 mL, 0.040 mmol), acetic acid (0.001 mL, 0.017 mmol), HOBt (0.003 g, 0.019 mmol), and EDCI (0.003 g, 0.016 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BQ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 627.1 (M+H).


Method BQ Step 2:


BQ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol) was treated with 20% TFA/CH2Cl2 (1 mL) in the presence of PS-thiophenol resin (0.030 g, 1.42 mmol/g) for 3 hours. The solution was filtered and concentrated to produce B03 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 377.2 (M+H).

#StructureMWObs. m/e628embedded image376377




embedded image


Method BR, Step 1:


To a solution of BR1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in pyridine (0.2 ml) was added DMAP (a few crystals) and methylsulfonyl chloride (3 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6 days. The reaction was quenched with water and diluted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was removed, and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). After concentration, the brown residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BR2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.004 mmol). MS m/e: 663.2 (M+H).


Method BR, Step 2:


BR3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BR2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) following a procedure similar to Method BQ Step 2. MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).

#StructureMWObs. m/e629embedded image412413




embedded image


Method BS Step 1:


To a solution of BS1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.006 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.3 mL) was added phenyl isocyanate (2 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BS2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e: 823.5 (M+H).


Method BS Step 2:


Compound BS2 (n=1, R1=Me, R12=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was subjected to the same conditions in Method BQ Step 2. The crude mixture prepared above was treated with LiOH (0.006 g, 0.25 mmol) in MeOH (0.3 mL) for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BS3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2=H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.0012 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e: 454.1 (M+H).

Obs.#StructureMWm/e630embedded image453454




embedded image


Method BT:


To a round bottom flask were added compound BT1 (R1=Me, R3=Me) (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), anhydrous toluene (2 ml), 3-aminopyridine (55 mg, 0.58 mmol) and 2-(di-tert-butyl phosphino) biphenyl (17 mg, 0.058). The solution was then degassed by N2 for 2 minutes before NaO-t-Bu (61 mg, 0.638 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (27 mg, 0.029 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 22 hours. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction was poured to cold water and extracted by CH2Cl2. The combined organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4. After the filtration, the concentrated residue was separated by TLC (CH3OH:CH2Cl2=1:10) and reverse phase HPLC (10%-100% acetonitrile in water w/0.1% formic acid) to produce the desired compound BT2 (R1=Me, R3=Me and R21=m-pyridyl) as a formate salt (23.6 mg, white solid, 20%). 1HNMR (CDCl3) δ 7.50-6.90 (m, 13H), 3.14 (s, 3H) MS m/e 358 (M+H).

Obs.#StructureMWm/e631embedded image347348632embedded image356357633embedded image357358634embedded image357358635embedded image357358636embedded image358359




embedded image


Method BU, Step 1,


To a round bottmed flask containing BU1 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (99 mg, 0.307 mmol) of the trifluroacetic acid salt of pyrollidine derivative in 5 ml of DCM was added (86 μL, 0.614 mmol) of triethylamine followed by addition of (76 mg, 0.307 mmol) N-(benzyyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide. Stir at room temperature for 18 h. Dilute the mixture with DCM and extract with sat'd NaHCO3 soln, then water. Collect the organic portion and dry over Na2SO4, filter and concentrate in vacuo. Purify by silica gel chromatography (eluting with 0 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield BU2 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg, 0.284 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 458.1 (M+H).


Method BU, Step 2,


To a solution of BU2 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg) in 1 ml of MeOH in a reaction vial was added 0.5 ml of a solution of 70% tBuOOH in water and 0.5 ml of NH4OH. Seal the vial and shake at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with 1 ml of MeOH and a mixture 30 mg of NaHCO3 and Boc2O (87 mg, 0.398 mmol) were added. The solution mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h before it was concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield the BU3 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol, 58% yield). MS m/e: 541.1, 441.1 (M+H).


Method BU, Step 3,


A solution of BU3 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol) in 5 ml of MeOH was hydrogenated using 100 mg of Pd(OH)2—C (20% w/w) at 1 atm for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the pad was washed with MeOH. Concentration of the collected organic portions in vacuo yielded BU4 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (47 mg 0.116 mmol, 70% yield). MS m/e: 407.1 (M+H).


Method BU, Step 4,


To a vial containing 10 mg of powdered 4 4′ molecular sieves was added 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (60 mg, 0.395 mmol) then 3 ml of anhydrous MeOH. To this mixture was added pyridine (100 ml, 0.650 mmol), Cu(OAc)2 (7 mg, 0.038 mmol), and BU4 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (7.83 mg, 0.019 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 96 h before it was quenched with 0.25 ml of 7N ammonia in methanol solution. The reaction mixture was extracted with water and DCM and the organic layers were dried and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified via a reverse-phase HPLC to give a product which was treated with 5 ml of 40% of TFA in DCM for 5 h. After removal of the volatiles, the residue was purified using a reverse phase HPLC system to furnish BU5 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl and R2=m-MeOPh) as the formic acid salt (0.7 mg, 0.0015 mmol, 30.1% yield). MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).

Obs.#StructureMWm/e637embedded image358359638embedded image412413




embedded image


Method BV Step 1:


The method was adapted from a literature procedure (Page et al., Tetrahedron 1992, 35, 7265-7274)


A hexane solution of nBuLi (4.4 mL, 11 mmol) was added to a −78 C solution of BV2 (R4=phenyl) (2.0 g, 10 mmol) in THF (47 mL). After 60 minutes at −78 C, a solution of BV1 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) (2.24 g, 11 mmol) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 4-10% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a white solid BV3: (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol, 42%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 3.15 (bs, 1H), 2.57-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.89 (m, 2H).


Method BV Step 2:


A solution of BV3 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) was slowly added via addition funnel to a 0° C. solution of N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 11.3 g, 63.3 mmol) in acetone (200 mL) and water (7.5 mL). The mixture was slowly warmed to RT, and quenched after 60 minutes with 10% aqueous Na2SO3. After diluting with CH2Cl2, the layers were separated, and the organic layer washed with water (2×), brine (1×) and dried over MgSO4. Concentration under vacuum afforded an oil which was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a solid BV4 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4-phenyl) (690 mg, 2.24 mmol, 53%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.19 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 3H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 1H).


Method BV Step 3:


BV5 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl and R1=Me and R2=H) was prepared from BV4 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) using Method AS, Step 4.

Obs.#StructureMWm/e639embedded image361362640embedded image361NA




embedded image



To an oven-dried vial was added Pd2(dba)3 (15.4 mg, 0.0168 mmol) and 2-(Di-t-butylphosphino)biphenyl (10.0 mg, 0.0336 mmol) followed by addition of a solution of BW1 (R4=Me; R1=Me and n=1) (56.8 mg, 0.168 mmol) in 2 mL of anhydrous THF. 2-Bromopyridine (17.0 mL, 0.178 mmol) was added followed by addition of 0.80 mL of 1.0 N LHMDS solution in THF. The reaction mixtures was stirred at 35° C. for 90 min followed by addition of MeOH and filteration through a silica gel pad. Purification by silica gel chromatography (0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes) yielded the product which was treated with 5 mL of a 30% TFA in DCM solution to give BW2 after concentration and purification via a reverse phase column (R4=Me; R1=Me; R2=2-pyridyl and n=1) (69.3 mg, 99%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 416.2
embedded image


Method BX, Step 1


To a solution of BX1 (R4=Me and n=1) (0.78 g, 3.63 mmol) in 10 mL of anhydrous DMF, was added N-Boc-N′-methyl thiourea (0.70 g, 3.70 mmol), EDCI.HCl (0.90 g, 4.71 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h before it was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic solution was dried, concentrated and the residue chromatographed via a silica gel column to yield BX2 (R1=R4=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 100%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 340.1


Method BX, Step 2


To a solution of BX2 (R1=R4=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 3.63 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous THF was added triphenylphosphine (1.43 g, 5.44 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. followed by slow addition of diisopropylcarbodiimide (1.07 mL, 5.44 mmol). After the mixture was stirred for 15 min at 0° C., nicotinoyl azide (Synthesis, 2004 (17), 2886) (0.66 g, 4.71 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with water (3×100 mL). The residue from the organic layer was purified through a silica gel column to yield the product azide which was hydrogenation using 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.64 mg) in MeOH to give BX3 (R1=R4=Me and n=1). ES_LCMS (m/e): 339.1.


Method BY

The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Methods AO or AP.
embedded image


Method BZ

The following aminoacids were generated using methods similar to Method D
embedded imageembedded image


Compound CA2 (R3=R4=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R15=H and R16=cyclopentyl) was obtained from CA1 (R3=R4=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R15=H and R16=cyclopentyl) using a method similar to Method G.


Method CB

The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Method E and/or AX.
embedded imageembedded image


Method CC, Step 1.


To a methanol solution (20 mL) of CC1 (5 g) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium borohydride (1 eq) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness then extracted with DCM/water. The DCM fractions were pooled, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was dissolved in 20 mL. of anhydrous DCM. To this solution was added t-butyldimethylchlorosilane (2 eq.) and imidazole (2 eq.). The reaction was stirred overnight at RT before it was quenched DCM and saturated NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give crude product CC2.


Method CC, Step 2.


A literature procedure was adapted (Aust. J. Chem. 1990, 43(7), 1195). Compound CC2 (50 g) in 80 mL. THF was added to mercuric oxide (1.5 eq.) and borontrifluoride etherate (1.6 eq.) in 540 mL. of THF/H2O (5:1) and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 2 h before the reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (aq.) and ether. The ether phase was dried over anhyd. Na2SO4, filtered through a silica pad and concentrated to give crude CC3.


Method CC, Step 3.


To CC3 (10.4 grams) in 200 mL MeOH was added 1.1 eq. of sodium borohydride and the mixture was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned in DCM/H2O. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed to give product CC4.


Method CC, Step 4.


Compound CC4 (2.5) in 5 mL. anhydrous DCM was added Bis(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE; 1.2 eq.) followed by carbon tetrabromide (1.1 eq.) at 0° C. and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with hexane and poured over a silica pad. The organic solution was evaporated to give product CC5 as an oil. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.72, br s, 1H, 4.18, t, 1H, 3.83, q, 2H, 2.00-2.10, m, 2H, 1.76-1.81, m, 2H, 1.43-1.56, m, 2H, 0.84, s, 9H, 0.03, s, 6H.


Method CC, Step 5.


Compound CC6 was generated from CC5 using a similar procedure in Method E. Crude compound CC6 was purified by flash chromatography (gradient 0-10% EtOAc in hexane). Two isomers were isolated during purification isomer A which eluted first followed by isomer B.


ISOMER A: 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.26-7.37, m, 5H, 5.57, s, 1H, 5.38, s, 1H, 5.02, q, 2H; 4.08, br s, 1H, 3.67, s, 3H, 3.08, d, 1H, 2.58, d, 1H, 1.80-1.92, m, 1H, 1.60-1.75, m, 3H, 1.32-1.44, m, 3H, 0.83, s, 9H, 0.35-0.45, m, 4H, 0.01, s, 6H.


ISOMER B: 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.286-7.36, m, 5H, 5.56, s, 1H, 5.39, s, 1H, 5.06, q, 2H, 4.15, brs, 1H, 3.71, s, 3H, 3.06, d, 1H, 2.70, d, 1H, 1.60-1.90, m, 4H, 1.33-1.48, m, 3H, 0.87, s, 9H, 0.37-0.51, m, 4H, 0.03, s, 6H. Yield 26% isomer A and 22% isomer B.


Method CC, Step 6.


Compound CC7 was obtained from CC6 (isomer B) through treatment with 1 N TBAF in THF for 30 min followed by extraction with ether/water. The organic phase was separated and washed four times with water. The aqueous phase was pooled and washed once with Et2O (pH ˜6 to 7). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give product CC7 in 94% yield. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.28-7.39, m, 5H, 5.58, brs, 1H, 5.49, brs, 1H, 5.10, d, 1H, 5.02, d, 1H, 4.09, brs, 1H; 3.72, s, 3H, 3.14, d, 1H, 2.70, s, 1H, 1.79-1.87, m, 2H, 1.67-1.79, m, 1H, 1.53-1.67, m, 2H, 1.44-1.53, m, 2H.; 1.31-1.39, m, 1H, 0.35-0.54, m, 4H
embedded image


Step 1: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD1; R4=Me) (1.5 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOAc (150 mL) at reflux was added IBX (3.82 g, 13.6 mmol, 3 eq). Reflux was continued for another 2 h and then the mixture was cooled to RT. The white precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.0 g (66%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl carbamate (CD2; R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.85 (bs, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 9H).


Step 2: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (C D2; R4=Me) (1.0 g, 3 mmol) in dichloroethane (50 mL) was added methylamine (0.48 g, 6.1 mmol, 2 eq) in water (40%) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 1 h followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.8 g, 8.5 mmol, 2.8 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and quenched with MeOH. After stirring for 30 min the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/MeOH to give 0.62 g (60%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.47(bs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 5.97 (bs, 1H), 3.18-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 342.9 (M+H)+.


Step 3: 4-(3-Bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine

tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1=Me, R4=Me) (0.62 g, 1.8 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL). The solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.33 g (76%) of crude 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N1-methylpropan-1,2-diamine as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.65(t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.54 (bs, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 242.9 (M+H)+. The compound was used in the next step without further purification.


To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N1-methylpropan-1,2-diamine (0.12 g, 0.50 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.073 g, 0.70 mmol, 1.4 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and the solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and concentrated to give 0.14 g (100%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.42 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 1.56 (bs, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 268.1, 270.1 (M+H)+.


Step 4: 4-(3-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine

A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3,4-difluorophenyl boronic acid (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (20 mg), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and a 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.019 g (63%) of 4-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R1=Me, R4=Me, R21=3,4-difluorophenyl) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.20 (m, 6H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.2 (M+H)+, HPLC (A) Rt=5.48 min.


Alternative for Method CD for compound: R1=OR15


Alternative Method CD, Step 2: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R4=Me) (2.7 g, 8.2 mmol) in dichloroethane (40 mL) was added methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.89 g, 10.7 mmol, 1.3 eq) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the oxime intermediate. The oxime was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and borane-pyridine complex (0.74 g, 7.9 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at r.t for 20 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in DCM (50 mL) and washed with water (3×20 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give 1.6 g (54%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1=OMe, R4=Me). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.60-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 2H) 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). The crude compound was used in the next step without further purification.


Alternative Method CD, Step 3: 4-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine

tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-yl carbamate (CD3; R1=OMe, R4=Me) (1.6 g, 4.4 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and BrCN (0.096 g, 0.91 mmol) was added. After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give 0.2 g (16%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1=OMe, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.65-7.35 (m, 4H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, 1H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H).


Alternative Method CD, Step 4: 4-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine

A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1=OMe, R4=Me) (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3-chloro phenylboronic acid (0.023 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (0.020 g), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.008 g (25%) of 4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R1=OMe, R4=Me, R21=3-ClC6H4) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.75-7.60 (m, 5H), 7.58-7.42 (m, 3H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 316.0, 318.0 (M+H)+, HPLC (A) Rt=5.64 min.
embedded image


Method CE, Step 1


The synthesis of CE2 (R1=R4=Me, R21=Br and R4=Me) was adapted from the procedure of Spanu, P. et. al., Tet. Lett., 2003, 44, 671-675. Thus, to a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE1; R1=R6=Me, R21=Br) (0.24 g, 0.6 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 0.6 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of iodomethane (0.080 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (4 mL) was added dropwise to form an orange-colored enolate solution. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. Water was added to quench the reaction and the suspension was warmed to RT. The mixture was then partitioned between H2O and Et2O. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3×25 mL).


The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give 0.38 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.14 g (54%) of tert-butyl (4S,5R)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4,5-trimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE2; R1=R4=Me, R21=Br and R6=Me) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.16 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 1H), 3.01 (m, 3H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 12H), 1.17 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=441.7 HPLC (A) Rt=7.20 min.


Method CE, Step 2


A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidene carbamate (CE2; R1=R4=Me, R6=Me, R21=Br) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-cyanothien-1-ylboronic acid (0.2 g, 1.3 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% Pd, 0.7 g), and 1N aq. K2CO3 (0.5 mL) was heated at 110° C. in a 20 mL Smith process vial using the Emrys microwave synthesizer. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed column of Si-Carbonate column and eluted with with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1:1). The eluent was concentrated to give 0.32 g of a yellow oil, which was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48% yield, syn:anti ratio: 5:1) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxotetrahydro-pyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=438.7; M+−56=383.1. HPLC Rt=7.28 min (syn isomer).


(S)-tert-Butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was re-dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of crude iminopyrimidinone as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (B) to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1M-one (CE3; R1=R4=Me, R6=Me, R21=5-cyanothien-1-yl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 11.1 (brs, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16(s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=438.7; M+−56=339.1. HPLC Rt=7.24 min (syn isomer).
embedded image


Method CF, Step 1.


To a solution of t-butylcarbamate (0.5 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) at RT was added NaH (0.17 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. Then a solution of methyl isocyanate (0.3 g, 4.2 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 25° C. for 15 min. The mixture was then poured into 30 mL of ice-water under vigorous stirring. The reaction solution was extracted with Et2O (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.42 g (50% yield) of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate CF1 (R1=Me) as a white solid 1 HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.3 (br s, 1H), 3.19 (d, 3H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.8 (br s, 1H), 1.5 (s, 9H).


Method CF, Step 2.


To a solution of an HCl salt of AB2 (R6=3-bromophenyl and R7=Me) (0.2 g, 0.7 mmol) and CF1 (R1=Me) in DMF (2 mL) at RT was added DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.8 mmol, 4 eq) and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide HCl (EDCI, 0.2 g, 1.0 mmol, 1.4 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 0.34 g of crude product as a yellow oil which was purified using silica gel chromatography by eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.17 g (0.4 mmol, 60%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R1=R6=Me) as a white solid.



1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.2 (d, 1H, J=16.3 Hz), 2.87 (d, 1H, J=16.1 Hz), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH+=395.7, 398.7. HPLC Rt=7.11 min.


Method CF, Step 3.


A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R1=R6=Me) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (R21=5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl; 0.2 g, 1.2 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% of Pd, 0.7 g) and 1N aq. K2CO3 (0.5 mL) in dimethoxyethane (DME, 10 mL) or tert-butanol (10 mL) in a 20 mL Smith process vial equipped with stir a bar was sealed and heated in an Emrys optimizer at 110° C. for 15 min. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed Si-Carbonate column and eluted with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1:1). The eluant was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 0.32 g of the crude product as an oil. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes gradient) to yield 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)-phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R1=R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.48-4.32 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 5.68 (br s, 1H), 3.28 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.96(d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH+=443.7, 445.7; M+-56=388.0. HPLC Rt (A)=6.99 min.


Method CF, Step 4.


(S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R1=R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified via reverse phase HPLC to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxy-phenyl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1″-one (CF4; R1=R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 611.4 (br s, 1H), 7.6-4.25 (m, 3H), 7.24-6.84 (m, 3H), 3.68 (brs, 1H), 5.18 (brs, 1H), 3.39 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.95(d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=344.1. HPLC (A) Rt=5.07 min.
embedded image


Method CG, Step 1;


A solution of CG1 (R21=Br, 12.29 g, 45 mmol) and NaOH (1.93 g, 49 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) and water (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After removal of MeOH under vacuum, the aqueous residue was adjusted to pH 3 and the resulting solid filtered off, dried under vacuum to give CG2 (R21=Br, 11.41 g, 98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H).


Method CG, Step 2;


A mixture of CG2 (R21=Br, 11.41 g, 44 mmol), EDCI (8.6 g, 45 mmol), dipropylamine (6.2 mL, 44.8 mmol), HOBt (6.0 g, 44.4 mmol) and NEt3 (10 mL, 72 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. The reaction was washed with sat. NaHCO3, water (1×), NH4Cl (1×), water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CG3 (R21=Br, R15=R16=Pr, 3.62 g, 24%).


Method CG, Step 3;


A mixture of CG3 (R21=Br, R15=R16=Pr, 3.6 g, 10.5 mmol), HN(Me)SO2Me (1.4 mL, 16.3 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (355 mg, 1.58 mmol), Xantphos (1.41 g, 2.44 mmol), Cs2CO3 (5.17 g, 15.8 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was degassed under a stream of N2 for 10 min, then heated at 95° C. for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through celite, and the filtrate partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected twice to silica gel chromatography (0%→3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG4 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 2.65 g, 68%).


Method CG, Step 4;


LiBH4 (2 M THF, 8 mL, 16 mmol) was added to a solution of CG4 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 2.65 g, 7.15 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at 0° C. After 18 h at RT, the reaction was quenched with 1M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%) 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG5 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 1.77 g, 72%).


Method CG, Step 5;


A mixture of CG5 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R5=R16=Pr, 1.77 g, 5.17 mmol), sodium azide (404 mg, 6.21 mmol), and PPh3 (2.85 g, 10.87 mmol) in CCl4 (5 mL) and DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 5 h, then at RT for 18 h. The reaction was stirred with water (10 mL) for 10 min, then diluted with Et2O. The organic layer was triturated with water, filtered, dried over MgSO4, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was directly used in the next step (azide reduction).


Method CG, Step 6;


The product from method CG, step 5 was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) and stirred in the presence of 10% Pd/carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen (50 psi) for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture was passed through a PTFE-filter, and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG6 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 130 mg, 7.5% from CG5).


Method CG, Step 7;


A mixture of CG6 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R1=Pr, 130 mg, 0.38 mmol), 1,3-di(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-methylisothiourea (110 mg, 0.38 mmol), NEt3 (55 μL, 0.38 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. After removal of the volatiles in vacuo, the resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent). The resulting intermediate (140 mg, 0.24 mmol) was treated with 50% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 3 h, followed by removal of all volatiles under vacuum to give CG7 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 140 mg, 74% from CG6).


Method CG, Step 8;


A mixture of CG7 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, 120 mg, 0.24 mmol), benzil (50 mg, 0.24 mmol) and NEt3 (134 μL, 0.96 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 18 h. After evaporating all volatiles, the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent) to give CG8 (R21=N(Me)SO2Me, R15=R16=Pr, R3=R4=Ph, 69 mg, 50%) as the formate salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.10-7.40 (m, 13H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.39 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.64 (m, 3H); LCMS: 576.3 (M+H).
embedded image

A solution of 0.35 mL of 1M BBr3 in DCM (0.35 mmole) was added dropwise to a solution of CH1 (52 mg, 0.11 mole) in 1.5 mL anhydrous DCM in ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred in ice bath for 10 min. and 2 hrs at RT. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL MeOH in ice bath. After concentration the crude was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give CH2 (37.3 mg, 67. % yield) as a formate.
embedded image

A solution of CI1 (20 mg as a formate; 0.042 mmole) in 4 mL of DCM was treated with mCPBA (0.42 mmole) at RT for 2 hrs. The crude mixture was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give compound C12.
embedded image

To a solution of CJ1 (R1=R6=Me; 324 mg, 0.87 mmole) in 2.5 mL CHCl3 and 2.5 mL HOAc in ice bath was added NBS (312 mg, 1.75 mmole) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. Upon reaction completion, the crude mixture was diluted with DCM, and washed with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3, aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. The crude was purified on flash column to give a product which was treated with 50% TFA in DCM to give CJ2 (R1=R6=Me 220 mg, 56. % yield) after evaporation.
embedded image


Method CK, Step 1;


Similar to a literature procedure (Moloney et al., J. Med. Chem. 1997, 2347-2362), methyl bromomethylbenzoate (7.00 g, 30.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of CK1 (R3=R4=Ph, 7.00 g, 27.8 mmol) and K2CO3 (3.85 g, 27.8 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at RT. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with NaHCO3 (1×), water (3×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give compound CK2 (12.7 g, 100%)


Method CK, Step 2;


Compound CK3 was obtained from CK2 using method BK, step 3.


Method CK, Step 3;


CK3 (1.18 g, 2.83 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and 2 N LiOH (4 mL, 8 mmol) was stirred overnight at RT. The mixture was quenched with 6 N HCl (2 mL, 12 mmol) and then partitioned between water and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue subjected to reverse-phase HPLC (gradient from 10% 95% CH3CN/H2O with 0.1% HCO2H, 30 mL/min flow rate on a preparative C18 reverse-phase column) to afford CK4.


Method CK, Step 4;


Compounds CK5 were obtained from CK4 using method G, step 2.


Method CK, Step 5;


Compounds CK6 were obtained from CK5 using method A, step 3.
embedded image


Method CL, Step 1;


CL2 was obtained from CL1 (3-chlorophenyl boronic acid) following method AW.


Method CL, Step 2;


Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2 M hexanes, 2.5 mL, 5.0 mmol) was added to a solution of LDA (freshly prepared from DIPA and nBuLi) in THF at −78° C. After 30 min at −78° C., a solution of aldehyde CL2 (900 mg, 4.13 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 3 h. The reaction was quenched with water, then extracted with Et2O (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes) to give CL3 (752 mg, 86%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.21-7.65 (m, 8H), 3.08 (s, 1H).


Method CL, Step 3;


A mixture of CL3 (202 mg, 0.95 mmol), aryl bromide (Ar=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 181 mg, 1.14 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (27 mg. 47.5 μmol), PPh3 (25 mg, 95 μmol), CuI (18 mg, 95 μmol) and DIPA (400 μL, 285 μmol) in DMF (2 mL) was degassed for 10 min under a stream of N2, then heated at 100° C. for 30 min in a Smith Synthesizer microwave. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0→20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CL4 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 220 mg, 80%).


Method CL, Step 4;


A mixture of CL4 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 210 mg, 0.72 mmol), KMnO4 (297 mg, 1.88 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB, 55 mg, 0.17 mmol) in AcOH (263 μL) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was stirred for 3 h at RT. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel, eluting with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to give CL5 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 154 mg, 66%).


Method CL, Step 5;


Diketone CL5 was converted into CL6 as described in Method CG, step 8. LCMS (CL6, R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl): 378.2 (M+H).
embedded image


Method CM, Step 1


To a round bottom flask were added CM1 (R1=Me, R3=Ph; 500 mg, 1.22 mmol), methanol (20 mL) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated by a hydrogen balloon for 3 hour 40 min at stirring. After filtration, the concentrated residue was purified by Analogix flash column chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane=0%-50%) to produce CM2 (R1=Me, R3=Ph; 443 mg, 92%) as white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 381.2. (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=9.13 (s, br, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.57 (m, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).
embedded image

To an Ace pressure tube were added CN1 (R3=phenyl; R1=Me; 100 mg, 0.290 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (81.0 mg, 0.319 mmol), KOAc (85.0 mg, 0.87 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2.CH2Cl2 (24 mg, 0.029 mmol) and anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. (oil bath temperature) at stirring for 2 hour 15 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction were added 3,5-dibromo pyridine (206 mg, 0.87 mmol), anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL) and 1M aq. K2CO3 (1.45 mL, 1.45 mmol). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. at stirring for 45 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction was poured to cold water. The aqueous layer was extracted by DCM (3×50 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. The concentrated residue was purified first by preparative TLC (7M NH3/MeOH:DCM=1:10) and then preparative HPLC (reverse phase, C-18 column, 0.1% HCOOH/CH3CN: 0.1% HCOOH/H2O=10%-100%) to afford the desired product CN2 (formic acid salt; R3=phenyl; R1=Me; R21=3′-(5-bromopyridyl; 53.5 mg, 40%) as a white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 421.1. (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=8.83-8.50 (m, br. 2H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.37 (m, 5H), 3.22 (s, 3H).
embedded image

A microwave tube was charged with CO1 (R1=Me, R2=H; R3=cyclopropyl, n=0) (30 mg, 0.097 mmol), PS-Ph3P—Pd (49 mg, 0.12 mmol), and R21SnBu3 (R21=2-pyrazinyl) (43 mg, 0.12 mmol) as a solution in 1 mL of PhCF3. The tube was sealed, and evacuated and back-filled with N2 (5×). The mixture was then exposed to microwave irradiation (110° C., 30 min). The resulting mixture was filtered with copious MeOH washes. Concentration of the filtrate gave a crude product that was subjected to RP-HPLC to give CO2 (R1=Me, R2=H; R3=c-Pr, n=0, R21=2-pyrazinyl) as a formate salt (12 mg, 0.063 mmol, 35%). LCMS Rt=3.58 min, m/e=308.2 (M+H).
embedded image


Method CP; Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-one, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP3)

Using methods similar to those described by 1. V. Konovalova et al. (Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii, 50(7), 1653-1654), 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester (CP2), is added to a solution of benzophenone imine (CP1) in toluene and the mixture is warmed to reflux for 4 h. Removal of solvent and purification by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CP3).


Method CP, Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP4)

To a solution of CP3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (CP4).


Method P1, Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP5)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CP4 is used to prepare the title compound (CP5).


As a variant of Method CP, benzophenone imine (CP1) is treated with 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester [(CH3O)2P—N═C═S], giving directly CP4, which is coverted to CP5 as described in Method CP, Step 3.
embedded image


Method CO, Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-chloro)phenyl-2-oxide (CQ2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)], methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-amino-1-(4-chloro)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CQ1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.


Method CQ, Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-chloro)phenyl-2-oxide (CQ3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CQ2 is used to prepare the title compound.
embedded image


Method CR, Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-one, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-amino-1-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CR1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CR2).


Method CR, Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR3)

To a solution of CR2 in toluene or xylene is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound.


Method CR, Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CR3 is used to prepare the title compound.
embedded image


Method CS, Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-4-(4-methoxy)phenylmethyl)-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-(4-methoxy)phenylmethylamino-2-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CS1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provide the title compound.


Method CS, Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-4-(4-methoxy)phenylmethyl)-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CS2 is used to prepare the title compound.


Method CS, Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS4)

A solution of CS3 in methanol is hydrogenated at 1 atm in the presence of 5 mol % Pd/C, yielding the title compound after filtration and purification by flash chromatography.
embedded image


Method CT, Step 1: Dimethyl-[(4-bromophenyl)-1-isothiocyanato]ethylphosphonate

To a mixture of CT1 in DCM and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give the product CT2 which is used without purification.


Method CT, Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-ethyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CT3)

To a solution of CT2 in acetonitrile is added ethylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is slowly warmed to reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.


Method CT Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-ethyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CT4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CT3 is used to prepare the title compound.
embedded image


Method CU, Step 1: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-thione, 1-methyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CU2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl (2-amino-1-phenyl)ethylphosphonate (CU1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.


Method CU, Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-imine, 1-methyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CU3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CU2 is used to prepare the title compound.
embedded image


Method CV, Step 1: Dimethyl (2-isothiocyanato-1-phenyl)ethylphosphonate (CV2)

To a mixture of CV1 in methylene chloride and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give the product which is used without purification.


Method CV, Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-thione, 1-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CV3)

To a solution of CV2 in acetonitrile is added cyclopropylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is heated at reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.


Method CV Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-cyclopropyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CV4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CV3 is used to prepare the title compound.
embedded image


Method CW; Step 1: Boc-1,5,2-diazaphosphorine-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-4-(3-arylphenyl)-2-oxides (CW2)

Reaction of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate with CW1 (R6=Me) using EDCI and DIEA in DMF affords CW2 (R6=Me) after purification.


Method CW; Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-4-(3-(m-cyanopheny)phenyl)-2-oxides (CW3)

Following the procedure of Sauer, D. R. et al, Org. Lett., 2004, 6, 2793-2796, Suzuki reaction of CW2 (R6=Me) with aryl boronic acids using polymer-support Pd catalysts such as Fibre Cat or PS-PPh3-Pd under microwave heating conditions provides CW3 (R6=Me and R21=m-CN-Ph) of the invention after subsequent Boc-deprotection.
embedded image


Method CX, Step 1, (S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(furan-2-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate CX1 (R6=Me) (1.12 g, 3.64 mmol, prepared using Method CF) in DCM (7 mL) was added MeCN (7 mL) and H2O (10.5 mL), followed by RuCl3-H2O (7.6 mg, 0.036 mmol, 1 mol %), and NalO4 (11.6 g, 54.2 mmol, 15 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and the organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 0.90 g (86%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R6=Me) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 1.63 (s, 9H), 1.57 (s, 3H).


Method CX, Step 2, (6S)-2-Imino-3,6-dimethyl-6-(3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CX3)

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (CX2, R6=Me, 0.035 g, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (0.24 mL) was added TBTU (0.040 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq), HOBt (0.0035 mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.2 eq), and DIEA (0.107 mL, 0.60 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min and then N′-hydroxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamidine (0.028 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added. After stirring for another 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in THF (0.4 mL) and then TBAF (1M in THF, 0.099 mL, 0.9 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, which was washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.015 g (26%) of (6S)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-6-(3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CX3; R6=Me, R7=3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.40 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.90 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=354.2, HPLC (A) Rt=6.234 min.
embedded image


(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R6=Me) (0.357 g, 1.25 mmol) in 1:5 MeOH/toluene (3 mL) was added TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 1.9 mL, 3.8 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.37 g (100%) of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate as a brown solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 1H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.50 (s, 3H).


To a solution of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (0.074 g, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added NH2NH2 (0.023 mL, 0.75 mmol, 3 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.074 g (100%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R6=Me) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 3H).
embedded image


3-(5-((S)-2-Imino-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidin-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzonitrile

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1; R6=Me, 0.037 g, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (0.3 mL) at 0° C. was added Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.24 mmol, 2 eq) followed by 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride (0.027 g, 0.16 mmol, 1.3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 6 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was then treated with TsCl (0.035 g, 0.18 mmol, 1.5 eq), Et3N (0.046 mL, 0.31 mmol, 2.6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.13 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (12%) of 3-(5-((S)-2-imino-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidin-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzonitrile as a white solid (CZ1; R6=Me). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): δ 8.49 (m, 2H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.92 (t, 1H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=311.2, HPLC (A) Rt=4.175 min.
embedded image


(S)-6-(5-(3-Chlorophenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R6=Me, 0.030 g, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (0.25 mL) was added 3-chlorophenylisocyanate (0.015 mL, 0.20 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h and volatiles were then removed in vacuo. The residue was treated with TsCl (0.020 g, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq), Et3N (0.083 mL, 0.60 mmol, 6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.16 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (10%) of (S)-6-(5-(3-chlorophenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (DA1; R6=Me). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): 67.78 (t, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.17 (dt, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=335.3, HPLC (A) Rt=5.710 min.
embedded image


Method DB, Step 1; (1-(3-Bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (DB1, R4=Me)

Following the procedure of Cuccia, S. J.; Fleming, L. B.; France, D. J. Synth. Comm. 2002, 32 (19), 3011-3018: 3-Bromoacetophenone (2.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq), was dissolved in 20 mL DCM. A 1.0 N solution of titanium tetrachloride in DCM (20 mL, 20 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise over 15 min and the resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Bis-trimethylsilylcarbodiimide (5.0 mL, 22 mmol, 2.2 eq) in 5 mL of DCM was added over 15 min and the reaction was stirred for 16 h under argon. The reaction was poured onto 200 mL of an ice/water mixture and extracted with 3×200 mL of DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2.3 g (100%) of (1-(3-bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (DB1, R4=Me) as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.16 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H).


Method DB, Step 2; 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB2, R4=Me)

To a solution of the HCl salt of methylhydroxylamine (0.19 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (25 mL) at 25° C. was added a 21% solution of NaOEt in ethanol (0.75 mL, 2.0 mmol, 0.9 eq) followed by (1-(3-bromophenyl) ethylidene) cyanamide (0.50 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq). After stirring at 25° C. for 10 min, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CH2Cl2 (25 mL), the mixture was filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give 0.5 g (83%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB2, R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.63 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52. (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 270.0, 272.0 (M+H)+.


Method DB, Step 3; 5-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

To a solution of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (25 mg, 0.093 mmol) and 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid (17 mg, 0.11 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was added a 1 M aqueous solution of K2CO3 (0.22 mL, 0.22 mmol) and PS-PPh3-Pd (46 mg, 0.0046 mmol). The sample was heated in an Emrys Optimizer Microwave at 110° C. for 10 min. The resin was filtered off and rinsed alternately three times with CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and CH3OH (5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to give 12.3 mg (44%) of 5-(3-(3′-chlorophenyl)-phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB3; R1=Me, R4=Me, R21=3-chlorophenyl) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.0, 304.0 (M+H)+.


Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared.


5-(3-(3-Methoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dt, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(2,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 328.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 286.0 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 352.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.84 (m, 2H), 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H). MS m/e 269.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 336.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(2-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.59 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.34 (m, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 302.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 320.1 (M+H)
embedded image


Method DC, Step 1, 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione

A mixture of 3-bromoacetophenone (10 g, 50 mmol), KCN (8.16 g, 130 mmol, 2.5 eq) and (NH4)2CO3 (21.7 g, 225 mmol, 4.5 eq) in EtOH/H2O (1:1, 110 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water, hexane, and then dried to give 12.6 g (93%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione as an off-white solid (DC1; R6=Me).



1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=9.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H).


Method DC, Step 2, 2-Amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)propanoic acid

5-(3-Bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (DC1; R6=Me) (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL of 1N KOH, heated to 185° C. in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) for 2 h. Afterward, the mixture was carefully acidified using conc. HCl to pH ˜2. The mixture was extracted once with Et2O (20 mL). The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.6 g (100%) of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-propanoic acid (DC2; R6=Me) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.75 (t, J=2.0, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H).


Method DC, Step 3, 2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoic acid

To a solution of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-propanoic acid (DC2; R6=Me) (10.5 g, 43 mmol) in 1N KOH (105 mL) and dioxane (70 mL) at 0° C. was added (Boc)2O (20.6 g, 95 mmol, 2.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to 100 mL. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After acidifying with 2N KHSO4 to pH 2-3, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined EtOAc layer was washed with H2O (2×50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 11.7 g (79%) of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoic acid as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H).


To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoic acid (11.3 g, 32.8 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) was added toluene (175 mL) followed by TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 44 mL, 98 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 11.8 g (100%) of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (br s, 9H).


To a solution of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoate (11.8 g, 33 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at −78° C. was added LAH powder (3.1 g, 82.0 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. and allowed to warm to RT over 16 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and the reaction was quenched by slowly adding 3 mL of H2O. The mixture was diluted with DCM (500 mL) followed by the addition of 1N NaOH (6 mL) and H2O (9 mL). After stirring at 0° C. for 30 min, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give 10 g (95%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R6=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.49 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.41 (br s, 9H).


Method DC, Step 4; 3-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide

To a solution of SOCl2 (5.7 mL, 2.5 eq) in dry CH3CN (37 mL) under argon was cooled to −40° C. was added tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R4=Me) (10.3 g, 31 mmol) in dry CH3CN (27 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of dry pyridine (12.4 mL, 160 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was then allowed to warm to RT in 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to about 30 mL. EtOAc (30 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 10.4 g (89%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.64 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 4.52 (q, J=9.5 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.42 (br s, 9H).


To a solution of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide (10.4 g, 28 mmol) in CH3CN (50 mL) at 0° C. was added RuO4 (0.5% in stabilized aq., 50 mg, 0.1% by weight) in H2O (10 mL) amd NalO4 (8.9 g, 41.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) in H2O (35 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was partitioned between Et2O (200 mL) and H2O (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 10.8 g (100%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R6=Me) as a white solid (−10.8 g, yield: 100%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) S 7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J1=9.3 Hz, J2=20.4 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H).


Method DC, Step 5; 3-Allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide

3-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R6=Me) (10.8 g, 28 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (40 mL, 5 eq) and the mixture was left standing at RT for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 7.3 g (91%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 1.82 (s, 3H).


To a solution of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (7.3 g, 25 mmol) in DCM (77 mL) was added allyl iodide (9.1 mL, 100 mmol, 4 eq), followed by BnBu3NCl (0.39 g, 1.3 mmol) and 40% NaOH (28 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The organic layer was separated and the solvent was evaporated. Silica gel chromatography using 5-20% EtOAc/hexanes gave 8.3 g (100%) of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R6=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.64 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.33 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dd, J1=8.7 Hz, J2=23.7 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.68 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 3H).


Method DC, Step 6; N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine

To a suspension of NaH (60%, 0.14 g, 1.5 eq) in 0.5 mL of anhydrous DMF was added tert-butyl hydroxy(methyl)carbamate (0.52 g, 1.5 eq) in 1.5 mL of DMF. After stirring at RT for 15 min, a solution of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R6=Me) (0.78 g, 2.3 mmol) in 6 mL of anhydrous DMF was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and 1N HCl (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 0.45 g (41%) of a product which was used without purification.


To a solution of the above product (3.86 g, 8.1 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added a pre-stirred (15 min) mixture of Pd2(dba)3 (0.51 g, 0.41 mmol) and 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphio)butane (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) in THF (5 mL), followed by thiosalicyliacid (2.2 g, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.3 g (37%) product as a oil which was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (11 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with CHCl3 (10 mL) followed by treatment with 1N NaOH tol pH ˜12. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give 0.56 g (76%) of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R6=Me, R1=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.74 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J1=9.6 Hz, J2=28.8 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H).


Method DC, Step 7; 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

To a solution of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R6=Me, R1=Me) (0.76 g, 2.9 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.46 g, 4.4 mmol, 1.5 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 2N NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 0.82 g (100%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R6=Me, R1=Me) as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.59 (S, 1H), 8.12 (brs, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=57.7 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H).


Method DC, Step 8; 5-(3-(3-Cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

A mixture of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R6=Me, R1=Me) (0.025 g, 0.088 mmol, 1 eq), 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.5 eq), FibreCat (40 mg), anhydrous ethanol (1.5 mL), and a 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.4 eq) in a microwave vial was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by prep HPLC (B) to give 0.012 g (44%) of 5-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC8; R6=Me, R1=Me, R21=3-cyanophenyl) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 4.22 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=48.6 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.3 (M+H)


Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared:


5-(3-(3-Pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.85 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.76 (m, 1H), 8.65 (m, 1H), 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=37.4 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 283.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(5-Pyrimidyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.77 (br s, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=45.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 284.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.00 (br S, 1H), 7.46-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.7.40 (m, 3H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.4 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 316.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (dt, J1=1.6 Hz, J2=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.23 (m, 1H), 4.21 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 366.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Toluyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.61 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=58.2 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 296.4 (M+H)


5-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 810.71 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=54.9 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 350.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(2-Fluoro-5-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 610.50 (s, 1H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J1=2.1 Hz, J2=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=12.0 Hz, J2=50.4 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 325.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(2-Fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.53 (s, 1H), 7.94 (brs, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=58.5 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 330.1 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Dimethylaminocarbonylphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.58 (s, 1H), 7.95 (brs, 1H), 7.26-7.65 (m, 8H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.7 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 353.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(2,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.50 (s, 1H), 7.99 (brs, 1H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.94 (m, 3H), 4.18 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=65.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 342.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 9.75 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 2H), 4.15 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=35.7 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.3 (M+H)


5-(3-(3-Fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) 810.77 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.56 (m, 7H), 7.01-7.08 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 300.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(4-Cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.01 (br s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 4H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=47.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.2 (M+H)


5-(3-(4-Methoxy-3-pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine



embedded image



1H NMR (CDCl3) & 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=49.4 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 313.2 (M+H)
embedded image


Method DD, Step 1;


To a 10 mL MeOH solution of DD1 (R3=R6=H. R7=Me, 1 g) was added p-methoxybenzaldehyde (1 eq) and 4 A molecular sieves (4 g). The solution was stirred overnight before sodium borohydride (1 eq) was added and reaction stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filted and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using MeOH/DCM to afford compound DD2 (R3=R6=H, R7=Me).


Method DD, Step 2;


Procedure similar to Method CF, step 2 was used for generation of DD3 (R1=Me, R3=R6=H. R7=Me,).


Method DD, Step 3;


Procedure similar to Method CF, step 3 was used for generation of DD4 (R1=Me, R3=R6=H, R7=Me) from DD3


Method DD, Step 4;


Compound DD4 was hydrogenated using Pd(OH)2/C in Methanol. After removal of the catalyst and solvent the crude product was treated with 20% TFA in DCM to give product DD5 (R1=Me, R3=R6=H R7=Me) after purification.
embedded image


Method DE, Step 1: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-methylsulfanyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide

2-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethenesulfonyl chloride DE1 is treated with 1.2 equivalents of S-methyl isothiourea hemisulfate and a slight excess of 1N NaOH in acetone. After 12 h at RT the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the precipitate collected to give the title compound.


Method DE, Step 2: N-(2-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethene-1-sulfonyl)-S-methylisothiourea

Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), N-(2-(4-clorophenyl)ethylene-1-sulfonyl)thiourea DE2 in DMF is treated with 1N NaOH (2.4 equivalents) and dimethyl sulfate (1.2 equivalents) at 0-10° C. After 3 h at RT, the reaction mixture is poured into ice water. The precipitate is collected, washed with water and dried to give the title compound DE3.


Method DE, Step 2: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one

Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methylsulfanyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide DE2 in acetone is treated with 1N NaOH and the mixture is refluxed for 2 h. The acetone is evaporated and the mixture is acidified with conc. HCl to afford the title compound DE3.


Method DE, Step 3: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one

Using a method similar to that described by A. Etienne et al. (Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1974, 1395) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one DE3 is treated with sodium methoxide (1 equivalent) in methanol. Add methyl iodide (1.2 equivalent) in DMF and allow to stir for 12 h. Pour the mixture into ice water and collect the precipitate of the title compound DE4.


Method DE, Step 4: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-thione

To a solution of DE4 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DE5).


Method DE, Step 5: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-ylideneamine

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DE5 is used to prepare the title compound (DE6).


As a variant of this method, DE2 is treated with ammonia and the resultant product is treated with sodium hydride and methyl iodide in DMF to give the product DE6
embedded image


Method DF, Step 1: 2-Hydrazinocarbonylpropane-2-sulfonic acid cyclohexylamide

Using a method similar to that described by S. Paik and E. H. White (Tetrahedron, 1996, 52, 5303), 2-cyclohexylsulfamoyl-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester DF1 (which is prepared by the method of A. De Blic et al. (Synthesis, 1982, 281)) in ethanol is treated with 1.2 equivalent of 95% hydrazine under N2 and the mixture is allowed to stand at RT for 12 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated to give the title compound DF2 which is used directly in Step 2.


Method DF, Step 2: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-one-1,1-dioxide

A solution of DF2 in CH2Cl2 is refluxed under a N2 for 10 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound DF3.


Method DF, Step 3: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-thione-1,1-dioxide

To a solution of DF3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DF4).


Method DF, Step 4: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-imine-1,1-dioxide

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DF4 is used to prepare the title compound (DF5).


The following table contains example compounds which were synthesized with procedure(s) similar to methods listed in the corresponding column and whose LCMS data (obs. mass) are also listed.

Obs.#CompoundsMethodMass1491embedded imageCF2971492embedded imageCF333.91493embedded imageCF329.91494embedded imageCF367.91495embedded imageAW2811496embedded imageCF3061497embedded imageAB3071498embedded imageCF3141499embedded imageCF3181500embedded imageCF3251501embedded imageCF3251502embedded imageCF3301503embedded imageCF3361504embedded imageCF3361505embedded imageAB3401506embedded imageCE3421507embedded imageCF3431508embedded imageCF3441509embedded imageCF3441510embedded imageCF3441511embedded imageAB3541512embedded imageA3541513embedded imageCF3581514embedded imageCF3581515embedded imageBS3581516embedded imageA3641517embedded imageA3661518embedded imageA3661519embedded imageA3681520embedded imageA3701521embedded imageAB3741522embedded imageA3801523embedded imageA3821524embedded imageA3821525embedded imageBS3831526embedded imageCF3841527embedded imageA3841528embedded imageA3841529embedded imageA3841530embedded imageA3841531embedded imageA3961532embedded imageA3961533embedded imageA3971534embedded imageA3981535embedded imageA3981536embedded imageA3981537embedded imageA3981538embedded imageA3981539embedded imageA4001540embedded imageA4021541embedded imageAB4041542embedded imageA4061543embedded imageA4061544embedded imageBS4081545embedded imageA4101546embedded imageA4101547embedded imageA4111548embedded imageA4121549embedded imageA4121550embedded imageA4141551embedded imageCE4151552embedded imageA4161553embedded imageA4171554embedded imageA4171555embedded imageA4191556embedded imageA4201557embedded imageA4211558embedded imageA4221559embedded imageA4221560embedded imageA4221561embedded imageA4231562embedded imageA4231563embedded imageCE4241564embedded imageA4251565embedded imageA4261566embedded imageA4261567embedded imageA4261568embedded imageA4311569embedded imageA4311570embedded imageA4311571embedded imageA4331572embedded imageA4341573embedded imageA4371574embedded imageA4391575embedded imageA4651576embedded imageCG4701577embedded imageCG4701578embedded imageCG4701579embedded imageCG4701580embedded imageCE4741581embedded imageCG4841582embedded imageCG4841583embedded imageBR4891584embedded imageCF274.11585embedded imageAW311.11586embedded imageAB312.11587embedded imageAB319.11588embedded imageCF320.11589embedded imageCF325.11590embedded imageAB328.11591embedded imageAW332.11592embedded imageCE333.11593embedded imageCF336.11594embedded imageAW337.11595embedded imageCF337.11596embedded imageCF337.11597embedded imageCF337.11598embedded imageAB338.11599embedded imageAB338.11600embedded imageCE338.11601embedded imageCF339.11602embedded imageCE339.11603embedded imageAB342.11604embedded imageAW343.11605embedded imageAB345.11606embedded imageAB346.11607embedded imageAB350.11608embedded imageCF350.11609embedded imageAW356.11610embedded imageAW357.11611embedded imageAW359.11612embedded imageAB362.11613embedded imageCE364.11614embedded imageCE365.11615embedded imageAW367.11616embedded imageAW368.11617embedded imageAW372.11618embedded imageCF373.11619embedded imageAB378.11620embedded imageAW378.11621embedded imageCF379.11622embedded imageCF384.11623embedded imageBQ386.11624embedded imageBQ387.11625embedded imageAB388.11626embedded imageCO399.11627embedded imageBW412.11628embedded imageBW412.11629embedded imageCE414.11630embedded imageBQ419.11631embedded imageAW421.11632embedded imageAM425.11633embedded imageAW425.11634embedded imageBW426.11635embedded imageAW436.11636embedded imageBO439.11637embedded imageBQ440.11638embedded imageBQ453.11639embedded imageCH455.11640embedded imageBW463.11641embedded imageQ468.11642embedded imageBS478.11643embedded imageBS478.11644embedded imageBS484.11645embedded imageBS484.11646embedded imageBQ492.11647embedded imageBQ492.11648embedded imageBW495.11649embedded imageBW496.11650embedded imageQ560.11651embedded imageAW569.11652embedded imageBW573.11653embedded imageAW470.11654embedded imageAW307.21655embedded imageAW308.21656embedded imageCP308.21657embedded imageAW315.21658embedded imageAW321.21659embedded imageCO321.21660embedded imageAW325.21661embedded imageAW326.21662embedded imageAW328.21663embedded imageAW331.21664embedded imageCE335.21665embedded imageAW336.21666embedded imageAW337.21667embedded imageCF339.21668embedded imageAW340.21669embedded imageCO341.21670embedded imageAW342.21671embedded imageAW346.21672embedded imageAW350.21673embedded imageCJ352.21674embedded imageAW354.21675embedded imageAW355.21676embedded imageCE359.21677embedded imageAW361.21678embedded imageAW361.21679embedded imageAW361.21680embedded imageAW362.21681embedded imageAW368.21682embedded imageAW372.21683embedded imageAW374.21684embedded imageBQ375.21685embedded imageCL377.21686embedded imageBK377.21687embedded imageAW377.21688embedded imageCG378.21689embedded imageAW383.21690embedded imageCO385.21691embedded imageBQ386.21692embedded imageAW406.21693embedded imageCL408.21694embedded imageBS409.21695embedded imageBW412.21696embedded imageBW413.21697embedded imageBS413.21698embedded imageBS420.21699embedded imageR425.21700embedded imageR425.21701embedded imageBQ429.21702embedded imageBQ430.21703embedded imageR434.21704embedded imageR434.21705embedded imageBW437.21706embedded imageAW439.21707embedded imageBQ440.21708embedded imageBQ441.21709embedded imageBQ441.21710embedded imageBW442.21711embedded imageBQ445.21712embedded imageBQ446.21713embedded imageR446.21714embedded imageR446.21715embedded imageBS448.21716embedded imageR448.21717embedded imageBQ450.21718embedded imageBQ450.21719embedded imageBW451.21720embedded imageCl452.21721embedded imageBQ454.21722embedded imageBQ454.21723embedded imageAW419.21724embedded imageAW423.21725embedded imageAW430.21726embedded imageAW431.21727embedded imageAW435.21728embedded imageCK439.21729embedded imageAW441.21730embedded imageAW450.31731embedded imageCK453.31732embedded imageCK453.31733embedded imageAW453.31734embedded imageCK455.31735embedded imageL467.31736embedded imageL467.31737embedded imageCK469.31738embedded imageCK481.31739embedded imageCK483.31740embedded imageCK497.31741embedded imageCK525.31742embedded imageBQ515.31743embedded imageBQ516.31744embedded imageBQ519.31745embedded imageBS522.31746embedded imageBQ525.31747embedded imageBQ532.31748embedded imageCG576.31749embedded imageBQ455.31750embedded imageBW456.31751embedded imageBQ456.31752embedded imageBQ456.31753embedded imageBS456.31754embedded imageBQ456.31755embedded imageAW456.31756embedded imageBQ458.31757embedded imageBQ458.31758embedded imageBQ458.31759embedded imageBQ458.31760embedded imageBS460.31761embedded imageR460.31762embedded imageBW462.31763embedded imageBW462.31764embedded imageBW463.31765embedded imageBQ464.31766embedded imageBQ464.31767embedded imageBW465.31768embedded imageBQ467.31769embedded imageQ467.31770embedded imageBS468.31771embedded imageBW468.31772embedded imageQ468.31773embedded imageBQ469.31774embedded imageBQ469.31775embedded imageCG469.31776embedded imageBQ470.31777embedded imageBQ470.31778embedded imageBS472.31779embedded imageBQ473.31780embedded imageBQ473.31781embedded imageBS473.31782embedded imageQ473.31783embedded imageAW473.31784embedded imageBQ474.31785embedded imageBQ478.31786embedded imageAZ478.31787embedded imageAZ478.31788embedded imageBS479.31789embedded imageQ481.31790embedded imageBS482.31791embedded imageQ482.31792embedded imageR482.31793embedded imageR482.31794embedded imageR482.31795embedded imageR482.31796embedded imageBS484.31797embedded imageR486.31798embedded imageR486.31799embedded imageCK487.31800embedded imageBS488.31801embedded imageBS488.31802embedded imageBS488.31803embedded imageBQ488.31804embedded imageBW488.31805embedded imageR488.31806embedded imageBQ489.31807embedded imageBQ489.31808embedded imageAW489.31809embedded imageBQ492.31810embedded imageQ493.31811embedded imageBS497.31812embedded imageCG497.31813embedded imageBS498.31814embedded imageR498.31815embedded image498.31816embedded image498.31817embedded imageR500.31818embedded imageR502.31819embedded imageR502.31820embedded imageBS504.31821embedded imageBS504.31822embedded imageBQ504.31823embedded imageBQW508.31824embedded imageCF329.1, 331.11825embedded imageCF334.0, 336.01826embedded imageCF342.1, 344.11827embedded imageCF352.0, 353.91828embedded imageCF358.1, 360.11829embedded imageCF363.1. 365.11830embedded imageCF367.9. 369.91831embedded imageA501.1 4991832embedded imageCE309


Human Cathepsin D FRET Assay

This assay can be run in either continuous or endpoint format. The substrate used below has been described (Y. Yasuda et al., J. Biochem., 125, 1137 (1999)). Substrate and enzyme are commercially available.


The assay is run in a 30 ul final volume using a 384 well Nunc black plate. 8 concentrations of compound are pre-incubated with enzyme for 30 mins at 37 C followed by addition of substrate with continued incubation at 37 C for 45 mins. The rate of increase in fluorescence is linear for over 1 h and is measured at the end of the incubation period using a Molecular Devices FLEX station plate reader. Kis are interpolated from the IC50s using a Km value of 4 uM and the substrate concentration of 2.5 uM.


Reagents


Na-Acetate pH 5


1% Brij-35 from 10% stock (Calbiochem)


DMSO


Purified (>95%) human liver Cathepsin D (Athens Research & Technology Cat# 16-12-030104)


Peptide substrate (Km=4 uM) Mca-Gly-Lys-Pro-lle-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Lys(Dnp)-D-Arg-NH2 Bachem Cat # M-2455


Pepstatin is used as a control inhibitor (Ki˜0.5 nM) and is available from Sigma.


Nunc 384 well black plates


Final Assay Buffer Conditions


100 mM Na Acetate pH 5.0


0.02% Brij-35


1% DMSO


Compound is diluted to 3× final concentration in assay buffer containing 3% DMSO. 10 ul of compound is added to 10 ul of 2.25 nM enzyme (3×) diluted in assay buffer without DMSO, mixed briefly, spun, and incubated at 37 C for 30 mins. 3× substrate (7.5 uM) is prepared in 1× assay buffer without DMSO. 10 ul of substrate is added to each well mixed and spun briefly to initiate the reaction. Assay plates are incubated at 37 C for 45 mins and read on 384 compatible fluorescence plate reader using a 328 nm Ex and 393 nm Em.


Compounds of the present invention exhibit hCathD Ki data ranges from about 0.1 to about 500 nM, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 nM more preferably about 0.1 to about 75 nM.


The following are examples of compounds that exhibit hCathD Ki data under 75 nM.
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image

The following compound
embedded image

has a hCath D Ki value of 0.45 nM.


BA CE-1 Cloning, Protein Expression and Purification

A predicted soluble form of human BACE1 (sBACE1, corresponding to amino acids 1-454) was generated from the full length BACE1 cDNA (full length human BACE1 cDNA in pCDNA4/mycHisA construct; University of Toronto) by PCR using the advantage-GC cDNA PCR kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.). A HindIII/Pmel fragment from pCDNA4-sBACE1 myc/His was blunt ended using Klenow and subcloned into the Stu I site of PFASTBACI(A) (Invitrogen). A sBACE1 mycHis recombinant bacmid was generated by transposition in DH10Bac cells (GIBCO/BRL). Subsequently, the sBACE1 mycHis bacmid construct was transfected into sf9 cells using CellFectin (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) in order to generate recombinant baculovirus. Sf9 cells were grown in SF 900-II medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 3% heat inactivated FBS and 0.5× penicillin/streptomycin solution (Invitrogen). Five milliliters of high titer plaque purified sBACEmyc/His virus was used to infect 1 L of logarithmically growing sf9 cells for 72 hours. Intact cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 3000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant, containing secreted sBACE1, was collected and diluted 50% v/v with 100 mM HEPES, pH 8.0. The diluted medium was loaded onto a Q-sepharose column. The Q-sepharose column was washed with Buffer A (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 50 mM NaCl).


Proteins, were eluted from the Q-sepharose column with Buffer B (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). The protein peaks from the Q-sepharose column were pooled and loaded onto a Ni-NTA agarose column. The Ni-NTA column was then washed with Buffer C (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). Bound proteins were then eluted with Buffer D (Buffer C+250 mM imidazole). Peak protein fractions as determined by the Bradford Assay (Biorad, CA) were concentrated using a Centricon 30 concentrator (Millipore). sBACE1 purity was estimated to be −90% as assessed by SDS-PAGE and Commassie Blue staining. N-terminal sequencing indicated that greater than 90% of the purified sBACE1 contained the prodomain; hence this protein is referred to as sproBACE1.


Peptide Hydrolysis Assay

The inhibitor, 25 nM EuK-biotin labeled APPsw substrate (EuK-KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDKC-biotin; CIS-Bio International, France), 5 μM unlabeled APPsw peptide (KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDK; American Peptide Company, Sunnyvale, Calif.), 7 nM sproBACE1, 20 mM PIPES pH 5.0, 0.1% Brij-35 (protein grade, Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.), and 10% glycerol were preincubated for 30 min at 30° C. Reactions were initiated by addition of substrate in a 5 μl aliquot resulting in a total volume of 25 μl. After 3 hr at 30° C. reactions were terminated by addition of an equal volume of 2× stop buffer containing 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 0.5 M KF, 0.001% Brij-35, 20 μg/ml SA-XL665 (cross-linked allophycocyanin protein coupled to streptavidin; CIS-Bio International, France) (0.5 μg/well). Plates were shaken briefly and spun at 1200×g for 10 seconds to pellet all liquid to the bottom of the plate before the incubation. HTRF measurements were made on a Packard Discovery® HTRF plate reader using 337 nm laser light to excite the sample followed by a 50 μs delay and simultaneous measurements of both 620 nm and 665 nm emissions for 400 μs.


IC50 determinations for inhibitors, (1), were determined by measuring the percent change of the relative fluorescence at 665 nm divided by the relative fluorescence at 620 nm, (665/620 ratio), in the presence of varying concentrations of/and a fixed concentration of enzyme and substrate. Nonlinear regression analysis of this data was performed using GraphPad Prism 3.0 software selecting four parameter logistic equation, that allows for a variable slope. Y=Bottom+(Top-Bottom)/(1+10ˆ((LogEC50-X)*Hill Slope)); X is the logarithm of concentration of 1, Y is the percent change in ratio and Y starts at bottom and goes to top with a sigmoid shape.


Compounds of the present invention have an IC50 range from about 0.001 to about 500 μM, preferably about 0.001 to about 100 μM, more preferably about 0.001 to about 20 μM.


Examples of compounds with human BACE 1 IC50<1 μM are listed below:
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image

Human Mature Renin Enzyme Assay:


Human Renin was cloned from a human kidney cDNA library and C-terminally epitope-tagged with the V5-6His sequence into pCDNA3.1. pCNDA3.1-Renin-V5-6His was stably expressed in HEK293 cells and purified to >80% using standard Ni-Affinity chromatography. The prodomain of the recombinant human renin-V5-6His was removed by limited proteolysis using immobilized TPCK-trypsin to give mature-human renin. Renin enzymatic activity was monitored using a commercially available fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) peptide substrate, RS-1 (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) in 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, 0.1% Brij-35 and 5% DMSO buffer for 40 mins at 30 degrees celsius in the presence or absence of different concentrations of test compounds. Mature human Renin was present at approximately 200 nM. Inhibitory activity was defined as the percent decrease in renin induced fluorescence at the end of the 40 min incubation compared to vehicle controls and samples lacking enzyme.

Compound1% of hRenin at 100 μMembedded image68.8embedded image75.3embedded image76.9


In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one cholinesterase inhibitor, acetyl- and/or butyrylchlolinesterase inhibitors can be used. Examples of cholinesterase inhibitors are tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine, galantamine, pyridostigmine and neostigmine, with tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine and galantamine being preferred. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.


In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist can be used. Examples of m1 agonists are known in the art. Examples of m2 antagonists are also known in the art; in particular, m2 antagonists are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,883,096; 6,037,352; 5,889,006; 6,043,255; 5,952,349; 5,935,958; 6,066,636; 5,977,138; 6,294,554; 6,043,255; and 6,458,812; and in WO 03/031412, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.


In other aspects of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I and at least one other agent, for example a beta secretase inhibitor; a gamma secretase inhibitor; an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor such as atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin; non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents such as, but not necessarily limited to ibuprofen, relafen or naproxen; N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists such as memantine; anti-amyloid antibodies including humanized monoclonal antibodies; vitamin E; nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonists; CB1 receptor inverse agonists or CB1 receptor antagonists; antibiotics such as doxycycline; growth hormone secretagogues; histamine H3 antagonists; AMPA agonists; PDE4 inhibitors; GABAA inverse agonists; inhibitors of amyloid aggregation; glycogen synthase kinase beta inhibitors; promoters of alpha secretase activity. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.


For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g. magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, (1990), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.


Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.


Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.


Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.


The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.


Preferably the compound is administered orally.


Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.


The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably from about 1 mg to about 25 mg, according to the particular application.


The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.


The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 1 mg/day to about 300 mg/day, preferably 1 mg/day to 50 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.


When a compound of formula I is used in combination with a cholinesterase inhibitor to treat cognitive disorders, these two active components may be co-administered simultaneously or sequentially, or a single pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be administered. The components of the combination can be administered individually or together in any conventional oral or parenteral dosage form such as capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension, solution, suppository, nasal spray, etc. The dosage of the cholinesterase inhibitor can be determined from published material, and may range from 0.001 to 100 mg/kg body weight.


When separate pharmaceutical compositions of a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor are to be administered, they can be provided in a kit comprising in a single package, one container comprising a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a separate container comprising a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, with the compound of formula I and the cholinesterase inhibitor being present in amounts such that the combination is therapeutically effective. A kit is advantageous for administering a combination when, for example, the components must be administered at different time intervals or when they are in different dosage forms.


While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.

Claims
  • 1. A compound selected from the group consisting of
  • 2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
  • 3. A method of inhibiting aspartyl protease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
  • 4. A method of treating cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and the methods of inhibiting of Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
  • 5. The method of claim 4 wherein a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease is treated.
  • 6. The method of claim 5 wherein Alzheimer's disease is treated.
  • 7. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of claim 1, and an effective amount of a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist in a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
  • 8. A method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 in combination with an effective amount of a cholinesterase inhibitor.
  • 9. The method of claim 8 wherein Alzheimer's disease is treated.
  • 10. A method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 in combination with an effective amount of a gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
  • 11. The method of claim 10 wherein Alzheimer's disease is treated.
  • 12. The method of claim 10 wherein said HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor is atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin or rosuvastatin.
  • 13. The method of claim 10 wherein said non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent is ibuprofen, relafen or naproxen.
  • 14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of claim 1, and an effective amount of a gamma secretase inhibitor; an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor or a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
  • 15. A method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 in combination with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist, gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to U.S. Ser. No. 11/010,772 filed on Dec. 13, 2004, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/529,535 filed Dec. 15, 2003.

Provisional Applications (1)
Number Date Country
60529535 Dec 2003 US
Continuation in Parts (1)
Number Date Country
Parent 11010772 Dec 2004 US
Child 11149027 Jun 2005 US